Edgar Filing: BEARINGPOINT INC

AMENDMENT #2 TO FORM S-1

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2004

Registration No. 333-100199

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

POST-EFFECTIVE

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FORM S-3

ON FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

54161

22-3680505

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1676 International Drive

McLean, VA 22102

(703) 747-3000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants’ principal executive offices)

David W. Black, Esq.

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

1676 International Drive

McLean, VA 22102

(703) 747-3000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Richard A. Steinwurtzel, Esq.

Vasiliki B. Tsaganos, Esq.

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 800

Washington, D.C. 20004-2505

(202) 639-7000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. ¨

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 8, 2004

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

16,501,650 SHARES OF

COMMON STOCK

We are registering these shares of common stock for resale by the selling stockholder identified in this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the selling stockholder’s sale of its common stock.

Our common stock is quoted on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BE”. On June 4, 2004, the last sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $8.50 per share.

INVESTING IN OUR SECURITIES INVOLVES RISK. SEE “ RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 2.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is June , 2004

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		Page
Prospectus Summary		1
Risk Factors		2
Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		21
Use of Proceeds		22
Selling Stockholder		22
Plan of Distribution		23
Market for Our Common Stock		26
Selected Financial Data		27
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		29
Business		64
Management		69
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions		81
Principal Stockholders		83
Description of Common Stock		85
Legal Matters		89
Experts		89
Where You Can Find More Information		89
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus and any supplement. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common stock. In this prospectus, the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to BearingPoint, Inc.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the discussion regarding the risks of investing in our common stock under the heading “Risk Factors,” before investing in our common stock.

BearingPoint, Inc.

We are a large business consulting, systems integration and managed services firm serving Global 2000 companies, which are large, multi-national companies that we have identified as important customers; medium-sized businesses; government agencies and other organizations. We provide business and technology strategy, systems design, architecture, applications implementation, network infrastructure, systems integration and managed services. Our service offerings are designed to help our clients generate revenue, reduce costs and access the information necessary to operate their business on a timely basis.

On February 2, 2004, our board of directors approved a change in our fiscal year end from a twelve-month period ending June 30 to a twelve-month period ending December 31.

Our company was formed as a Delaware corporation in August 1999. Our headquarters are located at 1676 International Drive, McLean, VA 22102, and our telephone number is (703) 747-3000. Our web site address is www.bearingpoint.net. The information contained on our web site is not part of this prospectus.

BearingPoint Common Stock

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BE”.

The Offering

The selling stockholder identified in this prospectus is offering for sale up to 16,501,650 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the selling stockholder’s sale of its common stock. As of April 30, 2004, there were 196,423,647 shares of our common stock outstanding.

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also adversely affect our business or operations. Our business, financial condition or results of operations, cash flows or prospects could be materially adversely affected by the occurrence of any of the matters included in these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. All references to “years,” unless otherwise noted, refer to our twelve-month fiscal year, which prior to July 1, 2003, ended on June 30. For example, a reference to “2003” or “fiscal year 2003” means the twelve-month period that ended on June 30, 2003.

Risks that Relate to Our Financial Results

Our results of operations may be materially affected by economic conditions and reduced client spending.

During the six months ended December 31, 2003, we had a net loss of approximately $165.8 million, which included a $127.3 million goodwill impairment charge, $61.7 million lease and facilities charges and $13.6 million charge related to workforce reductions. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, we experienced a decrease in net income when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2003 as well as negative cash flows from operations. Some of the factors that contributed to these results are discussed below and in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section in the prospectus.

We continue to operate in a challenging economic environment in the United States and abroad, particularly in Europe. As a result of the difficult economic environment, some clients have cancelled, reduced or deferred expenditures for consulting and technology services. We also have experienced challenges in fully integrating the businesses we have acquired over the past few years, and our European operations are not improving as quickly as we expected. In addition, due to increased competition for engagements, we have also experienced pricing pressure which has eroded our revenue. We have implemented cost-management programs to manage our expenses as a percentage of revenue. However, current and future cost-management initiatives may not be sufficient to maintain our margins if the current challenging economic environment continues.

Our results of operations are affected by the level of business activity of our clients, which in turn is affected by economic conditions. In addition to uncertain economic conditions, uncertain global political conditions continue to affect many of our clients’ businesses. We cannot predict the impact that the current global economic downturn will have on our future revenue, nor can we predict when economic conditions will improve. During an economic downturn, our clients and potential clients often cancel, reduce or defer existing contracts and delay entering into new engagements. In general, companies also reduce the amount of spending on information technology products and services during difficult economic times, resulting in limited implementations of new technology and smaller engagements. In addition, our business tends to lag behind economic cycles, and consequently the benefits of any economic recovery to our business may take longer to realize.

Because there are fewer engagements in an economic downturn, competition usually increases and fees generally decline as competitors, particularly companies with significant financial resources, decrease rates to maintain or increase their market share in our industry. We have also experienced increased contract expense, primarily due to the use of subcontractors. Our gross profit, which is the difference between our revenue and our costs of service, may decline in an economic downturn due to lower utilization of our professionals, which means fewer billable hours per employee, and pressure on the rates we charge. For example, we have experienced a decrease in gross profit for both the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the six months ended December 31, 2003 when compared to comparable prior periods.

There will not be a consistent pattern in our financial results from quarter to quarter, which may result in increased volatility of our stock price.

Our quarterly revenue and profitability have varied in the past and are likely to vary significantly from quarter to quarter, making them difficult to predict. This may lead to volatility in our share price. We are a professional services organization. A major portion of our revenue is based on the number of hours billed by our professionals and their hourly billing rates. Companies like ours experience variations in profits during the year. There are many reasons for these variations, but they can generally be attributed to the fact that our business is dependent on the decisions and actions of our clients. For example, a client could delay or cancel a project because that client’s business is experiencing financial problems. When this happens, it could reduce, eliminate or delay our expected revenue, and we could lose the money that we have spent to obtain or staff the project.

Also, the mix of client projects, the personnel required and their billing rates will affect results in our business in a meaningful way. Typically, client service hours are adversely affected during the second half of the calendar year (July - December) due to the large number of vacation days and holidays during this period. The demand for our services is also significantly affected by general domestic and international economic and political conditions. When economic activity slows down, as is currently the case in the United States and many other parts of the world, our clients are more likely to decrease their technology budgets and to delay or cancel consulting contracts.

In addition, when companies face eroding revenue and funding difficulties, they may reduce their spending on consulting services. While our revenue thus may be adversely affected by an economic downturn, our costs (especially staffing costs) may not decrease as quickly. In addition, other factors that could cause variations in our quarterly financial results are:

•

our ability to transition employees quickly from completed projects to new engagements;

•

the introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors;

•

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

•

our ability to manage costs, including personnel costs and support services costs, particularly outside the United States, where local labor laws may significantly affect our ability to reduce personnel quickly or economically; and

•

changes in, or the application of changes to, accounting principles or pronouncements under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, particularly those related to revenue recognition.

Our profitability will suffer if we are not able to maintain our prices and utilization rates and control our costs.

Our profit margin, and therefore our profitability, is largely a function of the rates we are able to charge for our services and the utilization rate, or chargeability, of our professionals. Accordingly, if we are not able to maintain the rates we charge for our services or an appropriate utilization rate for our professionals, we will not be able to sustain our profit margin and our profitability will suffer. The rates we are able to charge for our services are affected by a number of factors, including:

•

our clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services;

•

introduction of new services or products by us or our competitors;

•

pricing policies of our competitors;

•

general economic and political conditions in the United States and abroad; and

•

our ability to accurately estimate and attain engagement revenues, margins and cash flows over increasingly longer contract periods.

Our utilization rates are also affected by a number of factors, including:

•

seasonal trends, primarily as a result of our hiring cycle and holiday and summer vacations;

•

our ability to transition employees from completed projects to new engagements;

•

our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriately balanced and sized workforce;

•

our ability to manage attrition; and

•

our ability to reduce our workforce quickly or economically, especially outside the United States.

Our profitability is also a function of our ability to control our costs and improve our efficiency. We may from time to time increase the number of our professionals as we execute our strategy for growth, and we may not be able to manage a significantly larger and more diverse workforce, control our costs or improve our efficiency.

We may have difficulty integrating or managing those businesses we have acquired or may acquire in the future, which may have a material adverse impact on our financial results or reputation in the marketplace.

In recent years, we have acquired consulting businesses, assets or market rights from the member firms of KPMG International in:


Argentina	Guatemala	New Zealand
Australia	Hong Kong	Nicaragua
Brazil	Ireland	Peru
Canada	Japan	Singapore
Colombia	Malaysia	South Korea
Costa Rica	Mexico	Taiwan
Finland	the Netherlands Antilles	Venezuela

Beginning late in fiscal year 2002, we acquired all or portions of selected independent business consulting practices, or hired consultants affiliated with Andersen Societe Cooperative Worldwide (Andersen Business Consulting) located in:


Australia	Hong Kong	South Korea
Brazil	Japan	Spain
China	Norway	Sweden
Finland	Peru	Switzerland
France	Singapore	United States

Further, we have acquired the Ernst & Young business consulting practice in Brazil. On August 22, 2002, we acquired BearingPoint GmbH, formerly KPMG Consulting AG. BearingPoint GmbH’s operations consist primarily of the German, Swiss and Austrian consulting practices of KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft AG. We may acquire additional consulting businesses in the future as part of our growth strategy. All of the transactions referred to above are accounted for as business combinations under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States and are referred to as “acquisitions” in the body of this prospectus.

Each of these acquisitions involves the integration of separate companies that have previously operated independently and have different corporate cultures. As a result, we may not succeed at integrating or managing acquired businesses or in managing the larger company that results from these acquisitions. The process of combining these companies may be disruptive to their business and our business and could have an adverse impact on the reputation of our company as a result of the following difficulties, among others:

•

loss of key clients or employees;

•

inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies among the companies being combined, making it more difficult to implement and harmonize company-wide financial, accounting, billing, information and other systems;

•

coordination of geographically diverse organizations; and

•

diversion of management’s attention from the day-to-day business of our company.

In July 2003, in connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2003, our independent accountants identified material weaknesses primarily with respect to the Germanic region. The material weaknesses, which are now considered to be reportable conditions, are discussed in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section of this prospectus under the caption “Internal Controls.” These identified weaknesses are an example of the type of difficulty we could encounter when integrating acquired businesses with standards, controls, procedures and policies that are not fully consistent with our approach to these matters.

We may also have difficulty retaining the personnel that join us in connection with the acquisitions, and we may have difficulty reducing workforce and office space quickly and efficiently when desirable to respond to overall client demand for services.

If we are unable to integrate our acquisitions in a timely manner, or at all, or if we experience difficulty integrating or managing the acquired businesses, we may not achieve the desired levels of synergies in connection with the transactions. Also, the costs of achieving those synergies may be greater than we anticipate. If we fail to achieve the desired levels of synergies, or if the costs of achieving them, including the cost of our restructuring plans, are substantially greater than we anticipate, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Difficulties with integration or management may also affect client satisfaction or create problems with the quality of client service, which could have an adverse impact on the reputation of our company.

Our profitability may decline due to financial and operational risks inherent in worldwide operations.

In fiscal year 2003, for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004, approximately 29.8%, 32.1% and 31.0%, respectively, of our revenue was attributable to activities outside North America. As a result of our acquisitions, and as we further expand globally, we expect that the percentage of our revenue from our international operations will continue to grow.

Due to our worldwide operations, we face a number of financial and operational risks that may hinder our ability to improve profitability, including:

•

the lack of local recognition of the new brand that we have adopted, which will cause us to continue to spend significant amounts of time and money to build a new identity;

•

the costs of integrating and managing global operations, particularly in Europe;

•

difficulties relating to managing our business internationally;

•

operating losses incurred in certain countries as we develop and expand our international service delivery capabilities, and the non-deductibility of those losses for tax purposes;

•

restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

•

tax law restrictions on our ability to use losses in one country to offset income in other countries;

•

difficulties in collecting payments in some countries;

•

restrictions on the movement of cash and other assets;

•

differences in, and uncertainties arising from, local business culture and practices;

•

multiple, and sometimes conflicting, laws and regulations, including tax laws;

•

the absence in some jurisdictions of effective laws to protect our intellectual property rights;

•

political, social and economic instability;

•

international political and trade tensions;

•

price controls or restrictions on exchanges of foreign currencies;

•

currency exchange fluctuations;

•

restrictions on the import and export of certain technologies;

•

changes in import or export duties and quotas;

•

introduction of tariff or non-tariff barriers;

•

restrictions on employment policies, particularly with respect to termination of employees; and

•

longer payment cycles.

In the past, we have incurred costs or experienced disruptions due to certain of the factors described above, and we expect to do so in the future. If we experience or continue to experience the risks, costs or restrictions discussed above, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.

Our international operations and acquisitions involve the use of foreign currencies, which subjects us to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and other currency risks.

The revenue and expenses of our international operations generally are denominated in local currencies, and some of our subsidiaries have third-party debt denominated in Japanese Yen. Accordingly, we are subject to exchange rate fluctuations between such local currencies and the U.S. dollar. These exchange rate fluctuations subject us to currency translation risk with respect to the reported results of our international operations and the cost of potential acquisitions, as well as to other risks sometimes associated with international operations. We are also subject to currency risk when our service contracts are denominated in a currency different than the currency in which we incur expenses related to those contracts. There can be no assurance that we will not experience fluctuations in financial results from our operations outside of the United States, and there can be no assurance that we will be able, contractually or otherwise, to reduce the currency risks associated with our international operations. At the present time, we do not use derivative financial instruments to manage or control foreign currency risk because most of our revenue and related expenses are in the same functional currencies. However, we cannot assure you that we will not use such financial instruments in the future or that any such use will be successful in managing or controlling foreign currency risks.

Our growth is dependent in part on our ability to make acquisitions, and we risk overpaying for acquired businesses.

Our growth strategy is dependent in part upon our ability to provide consulting services worldwide, including our ability to develop a presence throughout Europe. In recent years, as discussed in this prospectus, we have acquired all or portions of selected business consulting practices from member firms of KPMG International, Andersen Business Consulting and Ernst & Young. In addition, in August 2002, we acquired BearingPoint GmbH, formerly KPMG Consulting AG. While we have significantly expanded our consulting practice in Europe, we cannot assure you that we will reach agreements to acquire consulting practices in any of the other countries in Europe, including the United Kingdom, Italy or the Netherlands, or that the terms and conditions of any agreements will be favorable to us.

We may continue to explore other international expansion opportunities and strategic acquisitions if they will help us obtain well-trained, high-quality professionals, new service offerings, additional industry expertise, a broader client base or an expanded geographic presence. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to acquire specific practices, identify acceptable candidates or consummate acquisitions on terms that are acceptable or favorable to us. For example, during the six months ended December 31, 2003, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $127.3 million related to our Europe, Middle East and Africa reporting unit. In addition, there can be no assurance that financing for acquisitions will be available on terms that are acceptable or favorable to us, if at all. We may issue shares of our common stock as part of, or in connection with, the purchase price for some or all of these acquisitions. Future issuances of our common stock in connection with acquisitions also may dilute our earnings per share.

We could face exposure to liabilities in connection with our acquisitions.

Creditors of Arthur Andersen LLP and other parties, including those representing the interests of shareholders of entities audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, may bring claims in the United States or elsewhere against us and others (and in one instance a retired partner of Arthur Andersen LLP has brought a claim against us and others) seeking recoveries for liabilities of Arthur Andersen LLP under various legal theories, including, but not limited to, successor liability and fraudulent conveyance. We do not believe that our acquisitions of all or portions of selected business consulting practices affiliated with Andersen Business Consulting give rise to any liability for us under a theory of successor liability, fraudulent conveyance or any other theories of liability of which we are aware. Thus, we do not believe that the acquisitions expose us to potential liabilities associated with Arthur Andersen LLP’s legal difficulties, particularly claims against it arising from its prior audit work or other services provided to Enron Corporation, WorldCom, Inc. and other companies. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that should persons or entities with claims against Arthur Andersen LLP seek to hold us liable under one or more legal theories, we will be able to successfully avoid liability for such claims. If a court were to find us liable for liabilities of Arthur Andersen LLP arising from such claims, our financial condition and operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, litigation of this nature could divert management time and attention, and we could incur substantial defense costs.

In connection with other acquisitions, we are assuming some liabilities, depending on the structure of the transaction, some of which are subject to indemnities by the former owners of the businesses we are acquiring. Accordingly, we may be exposed to liabilities relating to these acquisitions for which the indemnity will be insufficient.

Our leverage may affect our business and may restrict our operating flexibility. In addition, we may not be able to refinance our debt or to do so on favorable terms.

On May 29, 2002, we entered into a new revolving credit facility agreement with an aggregate principal balance not to exceed $250 million, which expires on May 29, 2005. We also have a facility pursuant to a receivables purchase agreement with an issuer of receivables-backed commercial paper up to $150 million, which expires on May 20, 2005. We borrow under the revolving credit facility and the receivables facility from time to time. In November 2002, we completed a private placement of $220 million in aggregate principal of senior notes. Subject to certain restrictions set forth in the revolving credit facilities and the senior notes, including the requirement that we meet certain financial tests, we may incur additional indebtedness in the future, including indebtedness incurred to finance, or which is assumed in connection with, acquisitions. However, our indebtedness under the revolving credit facility must rank at least equal to any additional new indebtedness. Our receivables facility also requires us to meet certain financial tests, which could limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness. We may in the future renegotiate or refinance our credit facilities with agreements that have different or more stringent terms. The level of our indebtedness could:

•

limit cash flow available for general corporate purposes, such as acquisitions and capital expenditures, due to the ongoing cash flow requirements for debt service;

•

limit our ability to obtain, or obtain on favorable terms, additional debt financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions;

•

limit our flexibility in reacting to competitive and other changes in our industry and economic conditions generally;

•

expose us to a risk that a substantial decrease in net operating cash flows due to economic developments or adverse developments in our business could make it difficult to meet debt service requirements; and

•

expose us to risks inherent in interest rate fluctuations because borrowings may be at variable rates of interest, which could result in high interest expense in the event of increases in interest rates.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal of, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend upon our future operating performance, which may be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory, business and other factors beyond our control, including those discussed herein. In addition, there can be no assurance that future borrowings or equity financing will be available for the payment or refinancing of any indebtedness we may have in the future. If we are unable to service our indebtedness, whether in the ordinary course of business or upon acceleration of such indebtedness, we may be forced to pursue one or more alternative strategies, such as restructuring or refinancing our indebtedness, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital expenditures or seeking additional equity capital. There can be no assurance that any of these strategies could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all.

We may not be able to finance future needs (or do so on favorable terms) or adapt our business plan to changes in economic or business conditions because of restrictions imposed on us by our credit facilities and the senior notes or actions by rating agencies. Also, if we violate these restrictions, we will be in default on these facilities and the senior notes.

Our revolving credit facility, the receivables facility and the senior notes contain a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur liens on property or assets, repay other indebtedness, pay dividends, enter into certain investments, transactions or capital expenditures, repurchase or redeem capital stock, engage in mergers, acquisitions or consolidations or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict corporate activities. Such restrictions could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, finance our future operations or capital needs or engage in or take advantage of other business activities or opportunities that may be in our interest. In addition, our revolving credit facility, the receivables facility and the senior notes also require us to maintain specified financial ratios and tests, including certain net worth, leverage ratios, fixed charge coverage ratios, net income ratios and debt-to-debt plus net worth ratios. Other agreements governing our indebtedness may also contain such affirmative and negative covenants and financial ratios and tests. Our ability to comply with such covenants, ratios and tests may be affected by events beyond our control.

A breach of any of these covenants, an inability to comply with the required financial ratios and tests or our failure to pay principal and interest when due could result in a default under the revolving credit facility, the receivables facility, the senior notes and other agreements. In the event of any such default, the lenders under these facilities could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding under these facilities, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be due and payable. In addition, any default under these facilities or agreements governing our other indebtedness could lead to an acceleration of debt under other debt instruments that contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions. Our revolving credit facility, receivables facility and senior notes contain cross-default provisions to each other and to other debt. If we were unable to repay any such borrowings when due, the lenders could proceed against their collateral, if any, or against our assets generally. If the indebtedness under these facilities were to be accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay amounts due under these facilities or due on other debt securities then outstanding.

Actions by the rating agencies may also affect our ability to obtain financing or the terms on which such financing may be obtained. If the rating agencies provide a low rating for our debt, this may increase the interest

rate we must pay if we are to issue new debt, and it may even make it prohibitively expensive for us to issue new debt. Also, if our senior unsecured long-term credit rating falls below (1) Baa3, in the case of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s rating or (2) BBB-, in the case of Standard and Poor’s Rating Services’ rating, the interest rate payable on our Senior Notes will increase by 1.00%.

Risks that Relate to the Nature of Our Business

We changed our name and our existing and potential clients, industry vendors, recruiting candidates and investors may not recognize our new brand, which may cause our revenue and profitability to decline.

On October 2, 2002, we began marketing our business under the new name BearingPoint, Inc. Because we have previously marketed our business under the KPMG Consulting name, certain existing and potential clients, industry vendors and investors generally may not recognize our new brand. Our name change also may cause difficulties in recruiting qualified personnel. We cannot predict the impact of the change in trademarks and trade names on our business. We incurred approximately $28.2 million of marketing expenses during fiscal year 2003 in connection with our rebranding initiative. If we fail to build a strong new brand recognition, our revenue and profitability may decline.

Our ability to retain our managing directors is critical to the success of our business.

The retention of our managing directors is particularly important to our future success. For fiscal years 2002 and 2003, for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004, our cumulative annual rate of turnover among our North America-based managing directors was 3.7%, 4.3%, 6.6% and 7.7%, respectively, excluding any involuntary terminations and terminations as a result of reductions in our workforce. The cumulative annual rate of turnover among our United States-based managing directors was 8.4% and 10.8% for fiscal years 2000 and 2001, respectively, excluding any involuntary terminations and terminations as a result of reductions in our workforce. While the turnover rate remained relatively low during the current and last fiscal years, this was partially a result of the general economic slowdown in the United States and abroad. The turnover rate could return to the historically higher levels experienced in prior years when there is an economic recovery. In addition, as a result of our change from a partnership to a corporate structure and the creation of stock option programs and other corporate employee benefits, our managing directors have accepted cash compensation that is less than the payments they received as consulting partners of KPMG LLP, and in some cases these reductions have been material. We cannot assure you that the substitution of cash compensation, equity-based incentives and other employee benefits in lieu of partnership profit distributed to consulting partners of KPMG LLP will be sufficient to retain these individuals. In addition, there is no guarantee that the non-competition agreements we have entered into with our managing directors and other senior professionals are sufficiently broad to prevent our consultants from leaving us for our competitors or that such agreements would be upheld by an arbitrator or a court if we were to seek to enforce our rights under those agreements. Similar considerations may apply with respect to managing directors who have joined us from other consulting practices as a result of our acquisitions or professional hires.

Our success is largely dependent on our ability to hire and retain talented people in an industry that periodically experiences a shortage of skilled professionals and a high rate of employee turnover.

Our business involves the delivery of professional services and is highly labor-intensive. Our success depends largely on our general ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled professionals. The loss of some or a significant number of our professionals or the inability to attract, hire, develop, train and retain additional skilled personnel could have a serious negative effect on us, including our ability to obtain and successfully complete important engagements and thus maintain or increase our revenue. For fiscal years 2002 and 2003, for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004, the cumulative annual rate of turnover among our North America-based professional consultants was 13.2%, 17.3%, 20.5% and 20.5%, respectively, excluding any involuntary terminations and terminations as a result of reductions

in our workforce. The cumulative annual rate of turnover among our United States-based professional consultants was 23.3% and 22.6% for fiscal years 2000 and 2001, respectively, excluding any involuntary terminations and terminations as a result of reductions in our workforce. The turnover rate could return to the higher levels experienced in recent years when there is an economic recovery. In a strong economy, qualified consultants often are in great demand. In addition, certain of our alliance agreements, such as with SAP America, Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc. and Qwest Communications International, Inc., prohibit us from soliciting their employees or their affiliates’ employees. These circumstances have required us in a strong economy to increase the compensation we pay our professionals at a rate higher than the general inflation rate. Even so, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in attracting and retaining the skilled professionals we require to conduct and expand our operations successfully when there is an economic recovery.

We depend on contracts with U.S. federal government agencies, particularly clients within the Department of Defense, for a significant portion of our revenue, and if our relationships with these agencies were harmed or if the spending policies or budget priorities of the federal government changed, we could lose significant revenue.

Contracts funded by U.S. federal government agencies accounted for 12.8%, 16.9%, 25.6%, 22.9%, 27.3% and 31.1% of our revenue for fiscal years 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004, respectively. Contracts funded by clients within the Department of Defense accounted for 6.7%, 8.6%, 12.8%, 10.4%, 12.9% and 12.4% of our revenue for the same periods. We believe that federal government contracts will continue to be a source of a significant amount of our revenue for the foreseeable future. For this reason, any issue that compromises our relationship with agencies of the federal government in general, or within the Department of Defense in particular, would cause serious harm to our business. Among the key factors in maintaining our relationships with federal government agencies and departments are our performance on individual contracts and delivery orders, the strength of our professional reputation, the relationships of our key executives with client personnel and our compliance with complex procurement laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of federal government contracts. In addition, our failure to obtain and maintain necessary security clearances may limit our ability to perform classified work for government clients, which could cause us to lose business. Security breaches in sensitive government systems we have developed also could damage our reputation and eligibility for additional work and expose us to significant losses. To the extent that our performance does not meet client expectations, or our reputation or relationships with one or more key clients are impaired, our revenue and operating results could be materially harmed.

Changes in federal government fiscal or spending policies could directly affect our financial performance. Among the factors that could harm our federal government contracting business are:

•

changes in spending policies or budget priorities of the federal government, particularly the Department of Defense, in light of the large U.S. budget deficit;

•

curtailment of the federal government’s use of consulting and technology services firms;

•

a significant decline in spending by the federal government, in general, or by specific departments or agencies in particular;

•

the adoption of new laws or regulations that affect companies providing services to the federal government;

•

delays in the payment of our invoices by government payment offices;

•

federal governmental shutdowns, such as the shutdown that occurred during the government’s 1996 fiscal year, and other potential delays in the government appropriations process; and

•

general economic and political conditions in the United States and abroad.

These and other factors could cause federal government agencies and departments to reduce their purchases under contracts, to exercise their right to terminate contracts in whole or in part, to issue temporary stop work orders or not to exercise options to renew contracts, any of which could cause us to lose revenue. We have substantial contracts in place with many federal departments and agencies, and our continued performance under these contracts, or the award of additional contracts from these agencies, could be materially harmed by federal government spending reductions or budget cutbacks at these departments or agencies.

Unfavorable government audit results could force us to adjust previously reported operating results and could subject us to a variety of penalties and sanctions.

The federal government audits and reviews our performance on contracts, pricing practices, cost structure and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. Like most large government contractors, our contracts are audited and reviewed on a continual basis by federal agencies, including the Defense Contract Audit Agency. An audit of our work, including an audit of work performed by companies we have acquired or may acquire, or subcontractors we have hired or may hire, could result in a substantial adjustment to our previously reported operating results. For example, any costs which were originally reimbursed could subsequently be disallowed. In this case, cash we have already collected may have to be refunded, and operating margins may be reduced.

If a government audit, review or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, reimbursement of payments received, payment of certain government costs, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or debarment from doing business with federal government agencies. These consequences could lead to a material reduction in our revenue. In addition, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation if allegations of impropriety were made against us, whether or not true. Although audits have been completed on our incurred contract costs through fiscal year 1999, audits for costs incurred or work performed after fiscal year 1999 have not yet been completed. In addition, non-audit reviews by the government may still be conducted on all our government contracts.

If we were suspended or debarred from contracting with the federal government generally or any specific agency, if our reputation or relationship with government agencies were impaired, or if the government otherwise ceased doing business with us or significantly decreased the amount of business it does with us, our revenue and operating results could be materially harmed.

Federal government contracts contain provisions giving government clients a variety of rights that are unfavorable to us, including the ability to terminate a contract at any time for convenience.

Federal government contracts contain provisions and are subject to laws and regulations that provide government clients with rights and remedies not typically found in commercial contracts. These rights and remedies allow government clients, among other things, to:

•

terminate existing contracts, with short notice, for convenience, as well as for default;

•

reduce or modify contracts or subcontracts;

•

terminate our facility security clearances and thereby prevent us from receiving classified contracts;

•

cancel multi-year contracts and related orders if funds for contract performance for any subsequent year become unavailable;

•

decline to exercise an option to renew a multi-year contract;

•

claim rights in products, systems and technology produced by us;

•

prohibit future procurement awards with a particular agency due to a finding of organizational conflict of interest based upon prior related work performed for the agency that would give a contractor an unfair advantage over competing contractors;

•

subject the award of contracts to protest by competitors, which may require the contracting federal agency or department to suspend our performance pending the outcome of the protest and may also result in a requirement to resubmit bids for the contract or in the termination, reduction or modification of the awarded contract; and

•

suspend or debar us from doing business with the federal government or with a particular governmental agency.

If a government client terminates one of our contracts for convenience, we may recover, at most, only our incurred or committed costs, settlement expenses and profit on work completed prior to the termination. If a federal government client were to unexpectedly terminate, cancel or decline to exercise an option to renew with respect to one or more of our significant contracts or suspend or debar us from doing business with government agencies, our revenue and operating results could be materially harmed.

Loss of our General Services Administration schedule contracts or our position as a prime contractor on one or more Government-Wide Acquisition Contracts, GWACs, or other multiple award contracts could impair our ability to win new business.

We believe that a key element of our success in the public services sector is our position, as of March 31, 2004, as the holder of four GSA schedule contracts, and as a prime or sub contractor under approximately eight GWACs with approximately 650 related delivery orders. GSA schedule contracts and GWACs are pre-negotiated contracts with fixed rates. The federal government, subject to certain regulations and policies, may place delivery orders under GSA schedule contracts and GWACs without conducting full and open competitions. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, revenue from GSA schedule contracts, GWACs and other indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts accounted for approximately 16.3%, 17.1% and 12%, respectively, of our company-wide revenue. Because over the last several years the federal government has increased its use of the GSA schedule contracts and GWACs for procurements, we believe our position as a prime or sub contractor on these contracts has become increasingly important to our ability to sell our services to federal government clients. If we were to lose our position on one or more of these contracts, we could lose revenue and our operating results could be materially harmed.

GSA schedule contracts, GWACs and other indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts typically have a one- or two-year initial term with multiple options that are exercisable by our government clients to extend the contract for one or more years. Although there are options to extend these contracts for a number of years, we cannot assure you that our clients will exercise these options.

We may face legal liabilities and damage to our professional reputation from claims made against our work.

Many of our engagements involve projects that are critical to the operations of our clients’ businesses. If we fail to meet our contractual obligations, we could be subject to legal liability, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. The provisions we typically include in our contracts that are designed to limit our exposure to legal claims relating to our services and the applications we develop may not protect us or may not be enforceable under some circumstances or under the laws of some jurisdictions. We have experienced liability claims in the past that have resulted in litigation expenses and payments for settlements. It is likely, because of the nature of our business, that we will be sued in the future. Moreover, as a consulting firm, we depend to a large extent on our relationships with our clients and our reputation for high caliber professional services and integrity to retain and attract clients and employees. As a result, claims made against our work may be more damaging in our industry than in other businesses.

The Internet and systems integration consulting markets are highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively.

The Internet and systems integration consulting markets in which we operate include a large number of participants and are highly competitive. Based on revenue and the number of consultants we have, we are smaller than some of our competitors. In particular, these larger competitors may have the ability to deploy a large number of professionals more quickly in response to an urgent client need, thereby giving them a competitive advantage over us. Our primary competitors come from a variety of market segments, including other information technology service providers, large accounting, consulting and other professional service firms, packaged software vendors and service groups of computer equipment companies.

Our marketplace is experiencing rapid changes in its competitive landscape. For instance, some of the former “Big 5” accounting and consulting firms sold their consulting businesses, and the former consulting practice of a former “Big 5” accounting firm completed its initial public offering. These changes in our marketplace may create potentially larger and better capitalized competitors with enhanced abilities to attract and retain their professionals. We also compete with our clients’ internal resources, particularly where these resources represent a fixed cost to the client. The competitive nature of our industry may impose additional pricing pressures on us.

Our ability to compete also depends in part on several factors beyond our control, including the ability of our competitors to hire, retain and motivate skilled professionals, the price at which others offer comparable services and our competitors’ responsiveness to their clients. There is a significant risk that this severe competition will adversely affect our financial results in the future.

Loss of our significant joint marketing relationships could reduce our revenue and growth prospects.

We have significant joint marketing relationships with Cisco Systems, Inc., Oracle Corporation, PeopleSoft, Inc., Microsoft Corporation, SAP and Siebel Systems, Inc. These relationships enable us to increase revenue by providing us additional marketing exposure, expanding our sales coverage, increasing the training of our professionals and developing and co-branding service offerings that respond to customer demand. The loss of one or more of these relationships could adversely affect our business by decreasing our revenue and growth prospects. Mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations involving one or more of these entities could result in changes in the degree to which they will cooperate with us in joint marketing and product development. In addition, if we engage in certain mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations, these entities could terminate these joint marketing and product development relationships. Moreover, because most of our significant joint marketing relationships are nonexclusive, if our competitors are more successful in, among other things, building leading-edge products and services, these entities may form closer or preferred arrangements with other consulting organizations, which could reduce our revenue.

We may lose money if we do not accurately estimate the cost of a large engagement, which is conducted on a fixed-price basis.

A significant percentage of our engagements in our public services industry group is performed on a fixed-price or fixed-time basis. During fiscal years 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, for the six months ended December 31, 2003, and for the three months ended March 31, 2004, our public services segment revenue represented 32%, 31%, 41%, 35%, 37% and 41%, respectively, of our total revenue. While we do not track the percentage of our engagements which are performed on a fixed-price or fixed-time basis, we believe that only a small percentage of our other engagements are performed on this basis. In addition, some of our engagements obligate us to provide ongoing maintenance and other supporting or ancillary services on a fixed-price basis or with limitations on our ability to increase prices. Billing for fixed-time engagements is made in accordance with the engagement terms agreed to with our client. Revenue for these types of engagements is recognized based upon professional costs incurred as a percentage of estimated total percentage costs of the respective contract, and unbilled revenue represents revenue for services performed that have not been billed. When making

proposals for these types of engagements, we rely on our estimates of costs and timing for completing the projects. These estimates reflect our best judgment regarding the efficiencies of our methodologies and professionals as we plan to apply them to the projects. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of fixed-price or fixed-time contracts, including delays caused by factors outside our control, could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable.

If we are not able to keep up with rapid changes in technology or maintain strong relationships with software providers, our business could suffer.

Our market is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, such as the evolution of the Internet, frequent new product and service introductions and evolving industry standards. If we cannot keep pace with these changes, our business could suffer.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop service offerings that keep pace with rapid and continuing changes in technology, evolving industry standards and changing client preferences. Our success will also depend on our ability to develop and implement ideas for the successful application of existing and new technologies. We may not be successful in addressing these developments on a timely basis or our ideas may not be successful in the marketplace. Also, products and technologies developed by our competitors may make our services or product offerings less competitive or obsolete.

We generate a significant portion of our revenue from projects to implement software developed by others, including Oracle Corporation, PeopleSoft, Siebel Systems and SAP. Our future success in the software implementation business depends on the continuing viability of these companies and their ability to maintain market leadership. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain a good relationship with these companies or that they will maintain their leadership positions in the software market.

Our business will be negatively affected if growth of the use of the Internet declines.

Our business is dependent in part upon continued growth of the use of the Internet by our clients, prospective clients and their customers and suppliers. Growth of use of the Internet has been and may continue to be slowed or delayed as a result of a decline in general economic or business conditions. In addition, the adoption of the Internet for commerce and communications, particularly by those individuals and companies that have historically relied upon alternative means of commerce and communication, generally requires an understanding and acceptance of a new way of conducting business and exchanging information. In particular, companies that have already invested substantial resources in other means of conducting commerce and exchanging information may be particularly reluctant or slow to adopt a new, Internet-based strategy that may make their existing personnel and infrastructure obsolete, especially during a decline in general economic or business conditions. Capacity constraints caused by growth in Internet usage may, unless resolved, impede further growth in Internet use. If the number of Internet users does not increase and commerce over the Internet does not become more accepted and widespread, demand for our consulting services may decrease and, as a result, our revenue could decline. The factors that may affect Internet usage or electronic commerce adoption include:

•

actual or perceived lack of security and privacy of information;

•

lack of access or ease of use;

•

congestion of traffic or other usage delays on the Internet;

•

inconsistent quality of service or lack of availability of cost-effective high speed service;

•

increases in access costs to the Internet;

•

excessive governmental regulation;

•

uncertainty regarding intellectual property ownership;

•

reluctance to adopt new business methods;

•

costs associated with the obsolescence of existing infrastructure; and

•

impact of any taxes that may be imposed on transactions using the Internet.

Our business may be harmed by existing or increased United States and foreign government regulation of the Internet.

In the United States and abroad, governments have passed legislation relating to the Internet. Because these laws are still being implemented, we are not certain how they will affect our business. We may be indirectly affected by this legislation to the extent it impacts our clients and potential clients. In addition, United States and foreign governmental bodies are considering, and may consider in the future, other legislative proposals that would regulate the Internet. We cannot predict if or how any future legislation would impact our business.

Our contracts can be terminated by our clients with short notice, or our clients may cancel or delay projects.

Our clients typically retain us on a non-exclusive, engagement-by-engagement basis, rather than under exclusive long-term contracts. Most of our consulting engagements are less than 12 months in duration. We estimate that the majority of our contracts can be terminated by our clients with short notice and without significant penalty. The advance notice of termination required for contracts of shorter duration and lower revenue is typically 30 days. Longer-term, larger and more complex contracts may require more than 30 days’ notice for termination. Additionally, large client projects involve multiple engagements or stages, and there is a risk that a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages of a project or that a client will cancel or delay additional planned engagements. These terminations, cancellations or delays could result from factors unrelated to our work product or the progress of the project, but could be related to business or financial conditions of the client or the economy generally. When contracts are terminated, cancelled or delayed, we lose the associated revenue, and we may not be able to eliminate associated costs in a timely manner.

We currently have only a limited ability to protect our important intellectual property rights.

We have only three issued patents in the United States and several patent applications pending in the United States and in other jurisdictions to protect our products or methods of doing business. We cannot assure you that our patent applications will be approved, that our issued patents will protect our intellectual property or that third parties will not challenge any current or future patents. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that others will not independently develop similar or competing technology or design around any patents that may be issued. Additionally, existing laws in the United States offer limited protection for our business, and the laws of some countries in which we provide services may not protect our intellectual property rights even to the same limited extent as the laws of the United States. We have approximately six registered trademarks, numerous pending trademark applications in the United States and worldwide, and hundreds of domain names. We are currently attempting to register the “BearingPoint” name as a trademark throughout the world. We cannot assure you that trademarks will be issued, or that our issued trademarks will protect our name. If the BearingPoint name conflicts with the rights of a pre-existing trademark owner in a jurisdiction, we may need to operate under a different name in such jurisdiction, which could result in a loss of goodwill associated with that name.

The provisions in our agreements with clients which attempt to protect us against the unauthorized use, transfer and disclosure of our intellectual property and proprietary information may not be enforceable under the laws of some jurisdictions. In addition, we are sometimes required to negotiate limits on these provisions in our contracts.

Our business includes the development of customized software modules in connection with specific client engagements, particularly in our systems integration business. We sometimes assign to clients the copyright and

other intellectual property rights in some aspects of the software and documentation developed for these clients. Although our contracts with our clients may provide that we also retain rights to our intellectual property, it is possible that clients will assert rights to, and seek to limit our use of, this intellectual property.

There can be no assurance that the steps we take will be adequate to deter misappropriation of proprietary information or that we will be able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights.

Our services may infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others.

We cannot be sure that our services do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, and we may have infringement claims asserted against us. These claims may harm our reputation, cost us money and prevent us from offering some services. In some contracts, we have agreed to indemnify, and may in the future agree to indemnify, our clients for certain expenses or liabilities resulting from claimed infringements of the intellectual property rights of third parties. In some instances, the amount of these indemnities may be greater than the revenue we receive from the client. Any claims or litigation in this area may be costly and result in large awards against us and, whether we ultimately win or lose, could be time-consuming, may injure our reputation, may result in costly delays or may require us to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements. If there is a successful claim of infringement or if we fail to develop non-infringing technology or license the proprietary rights we require on a timely basis, our ability to use certain technologies, products, services and brand names may be limited, and our business may be harmed.

We may be unable to obtain licenses for third party software that we need to conduct our business.

We license from third parties software that is used in our products or is required to develop new products or product enhancements. In the future, third-party licenses may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Third parties who hold exclusive rights to software technology that we seek to license may include our competitors. If we are unable to obtain any necessary third-party licenses, we could be required to redesign our products or obtain substitute technology, which may perform less well, be of lower quality or be more costly.

Risks Related to Your Ownership of Our Common Stock

The price of our common stock may decline because of the large number of other shares available for sale in the future.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

On August 22, 2002, we issued approximately 30.5 million shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of BearingPoint GmbH, formerly KPMG Consulting AG, and 16.5 million of these shares have been registered on this registration statement. All of these shares may be sold in the public market, subject to applicable securities laws.

In addition, the assurance and tax partners of the KPMG International member firms in Ireland, the Netherlands Antilles, Brazil, Argentina and Japan were issued 1.37 million shares, which must be divested within five years after the closing of our initial public offering. An additional 470,000 shares that were issued to the former consulting partners of these KPMG International member firms are subject to contractual transfer restrictions that expire as to one-fourth of the shares on August 7, 2002 and each succeeding anniversary. Our managing directors, who received their shares (founders shares) when we separated from KPMG LLP, are subject to contractual limitations on resale. In addition, Cisco must sell its shares subject to a registration statement or exemption from registration. These limitations are described in the table below. Cisco is entitled to a total of six demands for registration and in addition has the right to piggyback registration rights if we propose to register our shares under the Securities Act.

The table below sets forth with respect to our managing directors who received founders shares and Cisco, the number of shares of our common stock these stockholders held as of February 7, 2001 that are subject to contractual transfer restrictions, the percentage of our total number of outstanding shares as of April 30, 2004 that such number represents and the nature of the contractual transfer restrictions. These restrictions are in addition to any restrictions contained under applicable law. We do not have current information as to the number of founders shares that our managing directors continue to hold. As of April 30, 2004, Cisco held 15.44 million shares of our common stock. As of April 30, 2004, there were a total of approximately 196.4 million shares of our common stock outstanding.


Holder	Number of Shares	Percent of Total Outstanding		Contractual Transfer Restrictions
Our managing directors who hold founders shares	8.57 million	4.4	%	Restrictions on 40% of the total shares owned expired on August 7, 2001 and restrictions on one-fourth of the remaining shares expire on each succeeding anniversary.

Cisco Systems, Inc.	15.44 million	7.9	%	Cisco may sell its shares subject to registration of the shares or an applicable exemption from registration.

In connection with the various Andersen Business Consulting transactions, we committed to issuing approximately 3.0 million shares of our common stock (net of forfeitures) under our Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan to former partners of those practices as a retentive measure. The stock awards have no purchase price and one-third of the shares will vest on each of the first three anniversaries of the acquisition of the relevant consulting practice, so long as the recipient remains employed by us. As of April 30, 2004, approximately 1.2 million shares of common stock have been issued pursuant to this commitment.

As of April 30, 2004, options to purchase approximately 58.0 million shares of common stock granted under our Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan were outstanding with exercise prices ranging from $5.32 to $55.50, and approximately 5.8 million additional shares of our common stock were available in connection with future grants or awards under our Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Our employee stock purchase plan also had approximately 9.7 million shares available for future issuance as of April 30, 2004.

In addition, we may issue additional shares in connection with any acquisitions we make or any capital raising activities we undertake. Any such additional shares could also have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share.

There are significant limitations on the ability of any person or company to buy our company without the approval of our board of directors, which may decrease the price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws each contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws include the following, among others:

•

our board of directors is classified into three classes, each of which, after an initial transition period, will serve for staggered three-year terms;

•

a director may be removed by our stockholders only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

•

only our board of directors or the chairman of our board of directors may call special meetings of our stockholders;

•

our stockholders may take action only at a meeting of our stockholders and not by written consent;

•

our stockholders must comply with advance notice procedures in order to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors or to place stockholders’ proposals on the agenda for consideration at meetings of the stockholders;

•

our board may consider the impact of any proposed change of control transaction on constituencies other than our stockholders in determining what is in the best interest of our company and our stockholders;

•

business combinations involving one or more persons that own or intend to own at least 15% of our voting stock must be approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of our voting stock (excluding that held by these persons), or by our board of directors (excluding directors affiliated with these persons), or the consideration paid in the business combination must generally be the highest price paid by these persons to acquire our voting stock;

•

if stockholder approval is required by applicable law, any mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of our assets must be approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of our voting stock; and

•

our stockholders may amend or repeal any of the foregoing provisions of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws only by a vote of two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of the stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

In addition, we have a stockholders’ rights plan designed to make it more costly and thus more difficult to gain control of us without the consent of our board of directors.

Risks that Relate to Our Relationship with KPMG LLP and Its Related Entities

The agreements relating to our separation from KPMG LLP were not negotiated on an arm’s-length basis, and there is no assurance that these agreements are on terms comparable to those that could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

As part of our separation from KPMG LLP in January 2000, we entered into a separation agreement which governed the transfer of the assets and liabilities relating to our business and contained indemnification provisions between us and KPMG LLP. We have also entered into a non-competition agreement with KPMG LLP that specifies which services will be offered by us and which by KPMG LLP. These agreements were not the result of arm’s-length negotiations, and therefore, we cannot assure you that their terms are comparable to the terms we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Under our transition services agreement, KPMG LLP has provided or will provide us with basic administrative, clerical and processing services in areas such as accounting support, technology support, human resources and employee benefits. The fees we pay for many of these services are based on the total costs of providing these services on a centralized basis to both our company and KPMG LLP. We are assessed an allocated portion of these costs, generally based on the relative headcount, usage and other factors of our company and KPMG LLP. However, because these agreements were negotiated in the context of a “parent-subsidiary” relationship and were not the result of arm’s-length negotiations, we may pay more for such services and receive worse service than if we had purchased such services from third party providers.

The termination of services provided under the transition services agreement with KPMG LLP could involve significant expense which could adversely affect our financial results.

Under the transition services agreement with KPMG LLP (which terminated on February 8, 2004 for most non-technology services and terminates on February 8, 2005 for technology-related services and limited non-technology services), we contracted to receive certain infrastructure support services from KPMG LLP until we complete the build-out of our own infrastructure. As we terminate services, we may be obligated to pay KPMG LLP termination costs, as defined in the transition services agreement, incurred as a result of KPMG LLP winding down and terminating those services. We continue to receive from KPMG LLP services relating to information technology (such as telecommunications and user services), financial systems, human resources

systems, occupancy and office support services in facilities used by both KPMG LLP and us, and financing of capital assets used in the provisioning of transition services. During the year ended June 30, 2003, we terminated certain human resources services for which we were charged $1.1 million in termination fees. During the six month period ended December 31, 2003, we terminated certain technology services for which we were charged $3.2 million in termination costs. There were no termination costs during the three months ended March 31, 2004. During fiscal year 2003, we purchased from KPMG LLP $32.4 million of leasehold improvements. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, we purchased from KPMG LLP $1.5 million of equipment. Based on information currently available, we anticipate paying KPMG LLP approximately $40 million to $60 million for the sale and transfer of additional capital assets (such as computer equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements) currently used by us through the transition services agreement (for which usage charges are included in the monthly costs under the agreement).

The amount of termination costs that we will pay to KPMG LLP depends upon the timing of service terminations, the ability of the parties to work together to minimize the costs, and the amount of payments required under existing contracts with third parties for services provided to us by KPMG LLP and which can continue to be obtained directly by us after the termination. Accordingly, the amount of termination costs that we will pay to KPMG LLP in the future cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. We believe that the amount of termination costs yet to be assessed will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, cash flows or liquidity. Whether such amounts could have a material effect on the results of operations in a particular quarter or fiscal year cannot be determined at this time.

The non-competition agreement with KPMG LLP prohibits us from providing certain services and may limit our ability to effectively move into certain new services in the future.

Our non-competition agreement with KPMG LLP, which terminates in 2006, prohibits us from offering tax or assurance services, including attestation and verification services, and defined consulting services which were historically and will continue to be provided by KPMG LLP’s tax and assurance practices. This prohibition may limit our ability to serve our clients.

If both we and KPMG LLP desire to provide a new type of service or if we cannot agree with KPMG LLP as to who has the right to provide an existing service, the non-competition agreement provides a framework for resolving such disputes. However, if this process fails to resolve any such dispute in a timely and efficient manner, we may lose the opportunity to enter into a new market or pursue sales leads on a timely basis. In addition, ongoing disputes with KPMG LLP as to who can provide a type of existing or new service may result in both us and KPMG LLP bidding on similar work which, in turn, may damage our reputation in the marketplace.

Risks that Relate to Our Relationship with Cisco

Our alliance agreement with Cisco may require us to make investments in personnel and equipment even if we do not generate sufficient corresponding revenue for us, which may decrease our net income.

Under our amended alliance agreement with Cisco, we have agreed to maintain the level of competence of our staff already trained on Cisco products and technologies as of July 1, 2001. When we are developing a joint solution with Cisco, we also have agreed to train at least the number of persons on the design, planning and implementation management of the technologies associated with the solution as are necessary to achieve the purpose of the solution. In addition, we have committed to staffing and operating at least one solution center for every joint solution developed under the alliance agreement. The solution centers provide clients advanced technology equipment to develop, demonstrate and provide training on our service offerings using Cisco hardware. The alliance agreement with Cisco requires us to provide this staffing and these solution center operations even if the results of our operations do not justify such activities. If the anticipated benefits of our alliance with Cisco do not materialize, or fail to materialize in the time frame we anticipate, and we nonetheless have to hire additional consultants or make additional investments in Cisco-related equipment, it could adversely affect our profitability.

Our alliance agreement with Cisco does not prevent Cisco from entering into similar agreements with our competitors, and any agreements with competitors might diminish the effectiveness of our relationship with Cisco without reducing our obligations under the alliance agreement.

As a part of our alliance agreement with Cisco, we have agreed to make investments in personnel, training and equipment and to limitations on our ability to jointly market with Lucent Technologies, Nortel Networks, Alcatel or Juniper Networks, or, in lieu thereof, four other companies that Cisco may designate on an annual basis. These obligations and restrictions will remain in place even if Cisco enters into a similar arrangement with one of our competitors. We believe, based on published reports, that Cisco has entered into joint marketing agreements with certain of our competitors, including Cap Gemini Ernst & Young. To the extent that these arrangements or any future arrangements entered into by Cisco and our other competitors are similar in nature and scope to our agreement, the effectiveness of our joint marketing efforts may be negatively impacted, and our relationship with Cisco may generate lower revenue than we anticipate, which could adversely affect our profitability.

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this prospectus and any documents incorporated by reference constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to our operations that are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections. Words such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should, “ “anticipate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “projects,” “believes,” “estimates” and similar expressions are used to identify these forward-looking statements. These statements are only predictions and as such are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Forward-looking statements are based upon assumptions as to future events or our future financial performance that may not prove to be accurate. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecast in these forward-looking statements. As a result, these statements speak only as of the date they were made, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among others, statements regarding:

•

our growth projections for our geographic regions and business segments;

•

our ability to decrease our use of subcontractors;

•

the anticipated costs of our office space reduction efforts;

•

our estimate of 50% to 55% as the effective tax rate for 2004;

•

our estimates of the amount and effect of the termination costs under the transition services agreement with KPMG LLP; and

•

our expectations for short- and long-term liquidity.

Our actual results may differ from the forward-looking statements for many reasons, including:

•

any continuation of the global economic downturn and challenging economic conditions;

•

the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services;

•

the timing of projects and their termination;

•

the availability of talented professionals to provide our services and the related need to use subcontractors to complete certain engagements;

•

the pace of technological change;

•

the strength of our joint marketing relationships;

•

the actions of our competitors;

•

unexpected difficulties with our global initiatives and acquisitions (such as the acquisition of BearingPoint GmbH), including rationalization of assets and personnel and managing or integrating the related assets, personnel or businesses;

•

changes in spending policies or budget priorities of the U.S. government, particularly the Department of Defense, in light of the large U.S. budget deficit;

•

our inability to use losses in some of our foreign subsidiaries to offset earnings in the United States;

•

our inability to accurately forecast our results of operations and the growth of our business; and

•

In addition, our results and forward-looking statements could be affected by general domestic and international economic and political conditions, including the current slowdown in the economy, uncertainty as to the future direction of the economy and vulnerability of the economy to domestic or international incidents, as well as market conditions in our industry. For a more detailed discussion of certain of these factors, see “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. We caution the reader that these risk factors may not be exhaustive. We operate in a continually changing business environment, and new risk factors emerge from time to time. Management cannot predict such new risk factors, nor can it assess the impact, if any, of such new risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those implied by any forward-looking statements.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any of the proceeds when the selling stockholder sells its common stock to others. All sale proceeds will be received by the selling stockholder.

SELLING STOCKHOLDER

We are registering for resale shares of our common stock held by KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft AG (“KPMG DTG”). These shares were issued to KPMG DTG and KPMG Regulus Treuhand-Gesellschaft GmbH (“KPMG Regulus”) in connection with the acquisition by us of BearingPoint GmbH, formerly KPMG Consulting AG, in August 2002. Effective as of May 3, 2004, KPMG Regulus has merged with and into KPMG DTG. BearingPoint GmbH is a company whose operations consist primarily of the former German, Swiss and Austrian consulting practices of KPMG DTG. KPMG DTG was the majority stockholder of BearingPoint GmbH prior to our acquisition of BearingPoint GmbH.

BearingPoint GmbH has contractual arrangements with KPMG DTG under which KPMG DTG subleases certain properties. In addition, KPMG DTG provided infrastructure services to BearingPoint GmbH under a transition services agreement for one year after the acquisition of BearingPoint GmbH and currently provides limited telecommunication services. From the acquisition of BearingPoint GmbH through April 30, 2004, Bearing Point GmbH has paid KPMG DTG approximately 46,790,000 Euros ($52,013,000 through April 30, 2004) under the subleases, for infrastructure services, including the telecommunications services, and for other services. During that same period, KPMG DTG has paid BearingPoint GmbH approximately 10,997,000 Euros ($12,225,000 through April 30, 2004) principally for consulting services.

KPMG DTG will determine the actual number of shares, if any, that it will sell. Because KPMG DTG may sell all, some or none of the shares of common stock that it holds, we are unable to estimate the amount or percentage of shares of common stock that it will hold after completion of the offering.

The following table provides information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by KPMG DTG as of May 10, 2004.


	Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering			Maximum Number of Shares Being Offered
Name of Selling Stockholder	Number	Percentage		Number
KPMG DTG	16,501,650	8.40	%	16,501,650

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The selling stockholder may, from time to time, sell any or all of the shares of common stock offered hereby on the New York Stock Exchange or any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded, or in private transactions. The selling stockholder and any of its pledgees, donees, assignees, transferees or successors-in-interest selling shares received from the named selling stockholder as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other non-sale related transfer after the date of this resale prospectus are referred to in this prospectus as the “selling stockholder.” These sales may be made at market prices prevailing at the time of the sale, at prices related to such prevailing prices, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated or fixed prices. The selling stockholder will act independently of us in making decisions with respect to the timing, manner and size of each sale. The selling stockholder may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares:

•

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

•

block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

•

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

•

an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

•

privately negotiated transactions;

•

underwritten offerings;

•

short sales;

•

through the writing of options on the securities, whether or not the options are listed on an options exchange;

•

through the distribution of the securities by the selling stockholder to its partners, members or stockholders;

•

agreements by the broker-dealer and the selling stockholder to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

•

a combination of any such methods of sale; and

•

any other method permitted by applicable law.

The selling stockholder may engage brokers and dealers, and any brokers or dealers may arrange for other brokers or dealers to participate in effecting sales of the securities. These brokers, dealers or underwriters may act as principals, or as an agent of a selling stockholder. Broker-dealers may agree with a selling stockholder to sell a specified number of the securities at a stipulated price per security. If the broker-dealer is unable to sell securities acting as an agent for the selling stockholder, it may purchase as principal any unsold securities at the stipulated price. Broker-dealers who acquire securities as principals may thereafter resell the securities from time to time in transactions in any stock exchange or automated interdealer quotation system on which the securities are then listed, at prices and on terms then prevailing or in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Broker-dealers may use block transactions and sales to and through broker-dealers, including transactions of the nature describe above. The selling stockholder may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, or under Section 4(1) of the Securities Act, rather than under this resale prospectus, regardless of whether the securities are covered by this prospectus.

The selling stockholder may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by the selling stockholder or borrowed from the selling stockholder or others to

settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from the selling stockholder in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third party in such sale transactions will be an underwriter and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment).

Unless otherwise prohibited, the selling stockholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions in connection with distributions of the shares or otherwise. In such transactions, broker-dealers or financial institutions may engage in short sales of the shares in the course of hedging the position they assume with the selling stockholder. The selling stockholder may also engage in short sales, puts and calls, forward-exchange contracts, collars and other transactions in our securities or derivatives of our securities and may sell or deliver shares in connection with these trades. If the selling stockholder sells shares short, it may redeliver the shares to close out such short positions. The selling stockholder may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or financial institutions which require the delivery to the broker-dealer or the financial institution of the shares. The broker-dealer or financial institution may then resell or otherwise transfer such shares pursuant to this resale prospectus. In addition, the selling stockholder may loan its shares to broker-dealers or financial institutions who are counterparties to hedging transactions and the broker-dealers, financial institutions or counterparties may sell the borrowed shares into the public market. The selling stockholder may also pledge its shares to its brokers or financial institutions and under the margin loan the broker or financial institution may, from time to time, offer and sell the pledged shares.

The shares will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states the shares may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and complied with.

We will file a supplement to this resale prospectus, if required, under Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act upon being notified by the selling stockholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with a broker-dealer or financial institution for the sale of shares through a block trade, special or underwritten offering, exchange distribution or secondary distribution or a purchase by a broker, dealer or financial institution. Such supplement may include:

•

the name of the selling stockholder and of the participating broker-dealer(s) or financial institution(s);

•

the number of shares involved;

•

the price at which such shares were sold;

•

the commissions paid or discounts or concessions allowed to such broker-dealer(s) or financial institution(s), where applicable;

•

that such broker-dealer(s) or financial institution(s) did not conduct any investigation to verify the information set out or incorporated by reference in this resale prospectus; and

•

other facts material to the transaction.

We will pay all fees and expenses in connection with the registration of the shares by the selling stockholder. We have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholder against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act. The selling stockholder has agreed to indemnify us and our agents against certain liabilities. The selling stockholder may agree to indemnify any agent, dealer or broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving sales of the shares against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

The selling stockholder and any underwriters, brokers, dealers, financial institutions or agents that participate in the distribution of the common stock may be deemed to be “underwriters” under the Securities Act, and any profit on the sale of the common stock by them and any discounts, commissions or concessions received by any such underwriters, dealers, financial institutions or agents might be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.

The selling stockholder and any other person participating in the distribution will be subject to the applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. The Exchange Act rules include, without limitation, Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of the common stock by the selling stockholder and any other person participating in the distribution. In addition, Regulation M of the Exchange Act may restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the common stock to engage in market-making activities with respect to the particular shares of common stock being distributed for a period of up to five business days prior to the commencement of the distribution. This may affect the marketability of the shares of common stock and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the shares of common stock.

MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK

Market Information

Prior to October 3, 2002, our common stock was listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the ticker symbol “KCIN.” On October 2, 2002, we changed our name to BearingPoint, Inc. and ceased trading on the Nasdaq National Market. On October 3, 2002, we moved to the New York Stock Exchange and began trading under the new ticker symbol “BE.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market (for periods before October 3, 2002) and on the New York Stock Exchange (for periods on or after October 3, 2002) for the quarterly periods indicated.


	Price Range of Common Stock
	High		Low
Fiscal Year 2002
First Quarter ended September 30, 2001	$	15.50	$	9.11
Second Quarter ended December 31, 2001		19.03		10.00
Third Quarter ended March 31, 2002		21.49		15.55
Fourth Quarter ended June 30, 2002		21.41		12.50

Fiscal Year 2003
First Quarter ended September 30, 2002	$	15.01	$	5.35
Second Quarter ended December 31, 2002		9.02		5.03
Third Quarter ended March 31, 2003		8.60		5.78
Fourth Quarter ended June 30, 2003		10.80		5.80

Six Month Period ended December 31, 2003
Quarter ended September 30, 2003	$	11.25	$	6.75
Quarter ended December 31, 2003		10.25		7.90

Fiscal Year 2004
Quarter ended March 31, 2004	$	11.30	$	9.50

The last sale price per share for our common stock on June 4, 2004 was $8.50.

Holders

At April 30, 2004, we had approximately 1,265 stockholders of record.

Dividends

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for at least the next 12 months. We intend to retain all of our earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of our business and for general corporate purposes. Our existing revolving credit and receivables facilities and the senior notes contain financial covenants and restrictions, some of which directly or indirectly may limit our ability to pay dividends. Our future dividend policy will also depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors considered relevant by our board of directors.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial data as of and for the quarters ended March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003 is derived from the unaudited interim financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data as of December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003 and for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the year ended June 30, 2003 is derived from the consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. The selected financial data as of June 30, 2002 and for the years ended June 30, 2002 and 2001 are derived from the consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, audited by Grant Thornton, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. The selected financial data as of June 30, 2001, 2000 and 1999 and for the five months ended June 30, 2000, the seven months ended January 31, 2000 and the year ended June 30, 1999 are derived from the audited historical financial statements and related notes, audited by Grant Thornton, LLP, which are not included in this prospectus. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with current period presentation. During the six months ended December 31, 2003, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $127.3 million related to our EMEA reporting unit. During fiscal year 2003, we significantly expanded our international presence through a series of acquisitions. For additional information regarding the goodwill impairment charge and international acquisitions, see Note 5, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” and Note 6, “Acquisitions,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003, respectively, in this prospectus. Selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included herein.

Statements of Operations


	Consolidated																					Combined⁽¹⁾
	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended									Five Months Ended June 30, 2000			Seven Months Ended January 31, 2000			Year Ended June 30, 1999
	March 31, 2004			March 31, 2003			Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			June 30, 2003			June 30, 2002			June 30, 2001			Five Months Ended June 30, 2000			Seven Months Ended January 31, 2000			Year Ended June 30, 1999
	(unaudited)
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)																					(in thousands)
Revenue	$	861,041		$	818,870		$	1,554,431		$	3,139,277		$	2,367,627		$	2,855,824		$	1,105,166		$	1,264,818		$	1,981,536

Costs of service:
Costs of service		703,439			638,610			1,239,721			2,406,414			1,742,861			2,133,250			817,800			897,173			1,381,518
Lease and facilities charge		3,572			5,612			61,686			17,592			—			—			—			—			—
Impairment charges		—			—			—			—			23,914			7,827			8,000			—			—

Total costs of service		707,011			644,222			1,301,407			2,424,006			1,766,775			2,141,077			825,800			897,173			1,381,518
Gross profit		154,030			174,648			253,024			715,271			600,852			714,747			279,366			367,645			600,018
Amortization of purchased intangible assets		1,095			12,396			10,651			44,702			3,014			—			—			—			—
Amortization of goodwill		—			—			—			—			—			18,176			5,210			4,398			4,321
Goodwill impairment charge		—			—			127,326			—			—			—			—			—			—
Selling, general and administrative expenses		137,930			141,526			273,775			556,097			464,806			475,090			201,720			231,270			341,424
Special payment to managing directors⁽²⁾		—			—			—			—			—			—			34,520			—			—

Operating income (loss)		15,005			20,726			(158,728	)		114,472			133,032			221,481			37,916			131,977			254,273
Interest / Other income (expense), net		(4,954	)		(6,014	)		(4,208	)		(15,406	)		1,554			(15,481	)		(10,567	)		(27,311	)		(25,268	)
Gain on sale of assets		—			—			—			—			—			6,867			—			—			—
Equity in losses of affiliate and loss on redemption of equity interest in affiliate		—			—			—			—			—			(76,019	)		(15,812	)		(14,374	)		(622	)

Income before partner distributions and benefits⁽¹⁾																						$	90,292		$	228,383
Income (loss) before taxes		10,051			14,712			(162,936	)		99,066			134,586			136,848			11,537
Income tax expense		7,898			10,571			2,831			57,759			81,524			101,897			29,339

Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		2,153			4,141			(165,767	)		41,307			53,062			34,951			(17,802	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		(529	)		—			—			—			(79,960	)		—			—

Net income (loss)		1,624			4,141			(165,767	)		41,307			(26,898	)		34,951			(17,802	)
Dividend on Series A Preferred Stock		—			—			—			—			—			(31,672	)		(25,992	)
Preferred stock conversion discount		—			—			—			—			—			(131,250	)		—

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders	$	1,624		$	4,141		$	(165,767	)	$	41,307		$	(26,898	)	$	(127,971	)	$	(43,794	)

Earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted:
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle applicable to common stockholders	$	0.01		$	0.02		$	(0.86	)	$	0.22		$	0.34		$	(1.19	)	$	(0.58	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		—			—			—			—			(0.51	)		—			—

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders	$	0.01		$	0.02		$	(0.86	)	$	0.22		$	(0.17	)	$	(1.19	)	$	(0.58	)


	Consolidated																					Combined
	March 31, 2004			March 31, 2003			December 31, 2003			June 30, 2003			June 30, 2002			June 30, 2001			June 30, 2000			June 30, 1999
	(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data
Total assets	$	2,188,210		$	1,998,128		$	2,129,447		$	2,066,404		$	914,170		$	1,047,048		$	972,488			$492,191
Long-term liabilities		429,482			361,281			368,393			346,284			12,286			13,468			76,602			22,860
Series A Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock		—			—			—			—			—			—			1,050,000			—

(1)

As a partnership, all of KPMG LLP’s earnings were allocable to its partners. Accordingly, distributions and benefits to partners have not been reflected as an expense in our historical partnership basis financial statements through January 31, 2000. As a corporation, effective February 1, 2000, payments for services rendered by our Managing Directors are included as professional compensation. Likewise, as a corporation, we are subject to corporate income taxes effective February 1, 2000.

(2)

For the period from January 31, 2000 through June 30, 2000, the profits of KPMG LLP and our Company were allocated among the partners of KPMG LLP and our Managing Directors as if the entities had been combined through June 30, 2000. Under this agreement, our Managing Directors received a special payment of $34.5 million by our Company for the five-month period ended June 30, 2000.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. For additional information regarding some of the risks and uncertainties that affect our business and the industry in which we operate and that apply to an investment in our common stock, please read “Risk Factors.” All references to “years,” unless otherwise noted, refer to our fiscal year, which prior to July 1, 2003 ended on June 30. For example, a reference to “2003” or “fiscal year 2003” means the 12-month period that ended on June 30, 2003.

Overview

We are a large business consulting, systems integration and managed services firm, serving Global 2000 companies, medium-sized businesses, government agencies and other organizations. We provide business and technology strategy, systems design, architecture, applications implementation, network, systems integration and managed services. Our service offerings are designed to help our clients generate revenue, reduce costs and access the information necessary to operate their businesses on a timely basis.

We provide consulting services through industry groups in which we have significant industry-specific knowledge. Our focus on specific industries provides us with the ability to tailor our service offerings to reflect our understanding of the marketplaces in which our clients operate. We have multinational operations covering North America, Latin America, the Asia Pacific region, and Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”). We utilize this multinational network to provide consistent integrated services to our clients throughout the world.

On February 2, 2004, our board of directors approved a change in our fiscal year end from a twelve-month period ending June 30 to a twelve-month period ending December 31. As a requirement of this change, the results for the six-month period from July 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003 are reported as a separate transition period.

Historically, we have consolidated the financial results of certain foreign subsidiaries within Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and the Asia Pacific region as of a date that is one month prior (i.e. February 29, 2004) to that of our fiscal reporting period (i.e. March 31, 2004) (“one-month lag”). A change in accounting principle resulted in certain Asia Pacific subsidiaries now reporting on a current period basis that is consistent with our fiscal reporting period. The purpose of the change is to have these certain foreign subsidiaries report on a basis similar to our fiscal reporting period. As a result, our net income for the three months ended March 31, 2004 includes a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $0.5 million representing the total December 2003 net loss for these entities.

Our ability to generate business is directly influenced by several external factors. The economic condition in the industries and regions we serve is a significant factor affecting the results of our operations. The pace of technological change and the type and level of technology spending by our clients also drive our business. Changes in business requirements and practices of our clients have a significant impact on the demand for the technology consulting and systems integration services we provide.

We derive substantially all of our revenue from professional services activities. Our revenue is driven by our ability to continuously generate new opportunities, by the prices we obtain for our service offerings, and by the size and chargeability, or utilization, of our professional workforce. Our revenue includes all amounts that are billed or billable to clients, including out-of-pocket costs such as travel and subsistence for client service professional staff, costs of hardware and software, and costs of subcontractors (collectively referred to as “other direct contract expenses”).

Our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $861.0 million. This represents an increase in revenue of $42.2 million, or 5.1%, from revenue generated during the three months ended March 31, 2003 of $818.9 million. When compared to the three months ended March 31, 2003, revenue for our North America region increased $31.8 million while revenue for our international regions increased $8.8 million. Revenue for our North America region increased primarily due to increases in revenue in both our Public Services ($76.7 million or 27.7%) and Financial Services ($8.2 million or 13.8%) business units, offset by declines in revenue in our Communications & Content ($28.0 million or 31.7%) and Consumer, Industrial and Technology ($25.1 million or 18.3%) business units. Revenue for our international regions increased predominantly due to the effect of currency exchange-rate fluctuations on reported revenue.

Our revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2003 was $1,554.4 million. This represents an increase in revenue of $14.2 million, or 0.9%, from revenue generated during the six months ended December 31, 2002 of $1,540.3 million. When compared to the six months ended December 31, 2002, revenue for our international regions increased $69.6 million, while revenue for our North America region declined $57.8 million. Revenue for our international regions increased predominantly due to the effect of currency exchange-rate fluctuations on reported revenue and the positive impact of international acquisitions made during the first quarter of fiscal year 2003, while revenue for our North America region declined primarily due to slower economic conditions, pricing pressures and competition for new engagements.

As a multinational company, our international operations, whose functional currency is the local currency, may be significantly affected by currency exchange-rate fluctuations. The strengthening of foreign currencies (primarily the Euro) against the U.S. dollar has resulted in a currency translation that increased our reported U.S. dollar revenue and expense items during the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the six months ended December 31, 2003 when compared to the same periods in the prior year. In constant currency terms, our consolidated revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased by $8.2 million, or 1.0%, when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2003. This increase is predominantly due to the increase in revenue for our North America region, offset by an overall decline in revenue for our international operations due to the sustained economic downturn, which has negatively impacted IT spending. In constant currency terms, our consolidated revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2003 decreased $44.4 million, or 2.9%, when compared to the six months ended December 31, 2002. This decrease was predominantly due to the decline in revenue for our North America region, partially offset by the positive impact of acquisitions made during the first quarter of fiscal year 2003. During future periods, a weakening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar could reduce reported revenue and expense items during future periods.

Commencing with our first acquisition of an international practice (Mexico) in December 1999, we have been executing a strategy to develop a global business platform primarily through acquisitions (all of the transactions referred to below are accounted for as purchase business acquisitions, and will therefore be referred to in this prospectus as “acquisitions”). During fiscal year 2003, we significantly expanded our European presence with the purchase of KPMG Consulting AG (subsequently renamed BearingPoint GmbH (“BE Germany”)), which included approximately 3,000 employees primarily in Germany, Switzerland and Austria. We furthered our global strategy, enabling us to better serve our multinational clients, by acquiring all, or portions of selected Andersen Business Consulting practices in Brazil, Finland, France, Japan, Norway, Peru, Singapore, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and in the United States, and the consulting practice of the KPMG International member firm in Finland. In addition, we strengthened our Latin American business with the acquisition of Ernst & Young’s Brazilian consulting practice. Through March 31, 2004 we have completed 31 acquisitions. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, international operations outside North America represented 31.0% of our business (measured in revenue dollars) compared to 32.1%, 29.8%, 8.0% and 5.0% for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

During the six-month period ended December 31, 2003, we determined that a “triggering event” was present in our EMEA reporting unit, causing us to perform a goodwill impairment test. The triggering event resulted from adverse changes in the business climate affecting our European operations, which caused our operating profit and cash flows for the EMEA reporting unit to be lower than expected for the six months ended December 31, 2003. In response to this challenging economic environment in Europe, we revised our EMEA growth expectations and anticipated operational efficiencies for the next five years. As a result of the impairment test, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $127.3 million ($0.66 per share) since the carrying amount of our EMEA reporting unit was greater than the estimated fair value of the reporting unit (as determined using the expected present value of future cash flows) and the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of that goodwill. Although we lowered growth expectations for the European region, we continue to forecast future growth throughout EMEA. As of December 31, 2003, we determined that there were no triggering events within our other reporting units that would have required further valuation analysis of goodwill. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, there were no triggering events within any of our reporting units that required further valuation analysis of goodwill.

The sustained economic downturn over the past year has continued to negatively affect the operations of some of our clients and, in turn, impact their information technology (IT) spending. During this time, competition for new engagements has remained strong. Despite the cautious IT spending and competition for new engagements, our bookings remained solid during the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the six months ended December 31, 2003. For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the six months ended December 31, 2003, we had a positive book-to-bill ratio for our consolidated operations. Additionally, for the six months ended December 31, 2003, we had a positive book-to-bill ratio in six of our seven reportable segments. (The book-to-bill ratio is the ratio of new business (i.e., new contracts) booked during the period as a percentage of revenue recognized during the period) The focus of our dedicated sales force and strong relationships with key accounts has enabled us to maintain strong bookings.

We continue to experience pricing pressures as competition for new engagements remains strong and as movements toward the use of lower-cost service delivery personnel continue to grow within our industry. Despite pricing pressures, we have improved or substantially maintained our billing rates across all regions. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, billing rates for our North American operations remained steady, declining less than 1.0% when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2003. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, billing rates for our EMEA, Asia Pacific, and Latin America operations improved 8.6%, 3.2% and 14.2%, respectively, when compared to the same period during the prior year. For the six months ended December 31, 2003, billing rates for our North American operations remained steady, declining 1.2% when compared to the six months ended December 31, 2002. During the six months ended December 31, 2003, billing rates for our EMEA and Asia Pacific operations improved 10.3% and 15.1%, respectively, when compared to the same period during the prior year, while billing rates for our Latin America operations remained steady. Our global presence and experienced, highly skilled workforce have enabled us to successfully differentiate our value and capabilities from those of our competitors, in effect, lessening the impact of current market pricing pressures. We anticipate continued pricing pressures going forward; however, we are working to maintain our margins by complementing our solutions offerings with greater offshore capabilities.

On February 11, 2004, we announced the opening of our India Global Development Center (“GDC”). Our new India GDC, along with our existing China GDC, deliver high quality, low cost software development and IT services to our global clients as part of our Global Technology Services (“GTS”). Our GDCs utilize lower-cost, highly skilled, offshore development staff to develop, support, and maintain our clients’ software applications. As our GTS capabilities continue to grow, we can rely less on the use of subcontractors to complete engagements, which should result in improvement in our overall profit margin.

Over the past twelve months, we also have responded to the challenging business conditions by focusing on a variety of revenue growth and cost control initiatives, including continued evaluation of the size of our

workforce and our required office space in relation to overall client demand for services, eliminating excess capacity and aggressively reducing discretionary costs to lower the cost of operations and maintain profit margins.

Our gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $154.0 million compared with $174.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased to 17.9% during the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to 21.3% during the three months ended March 31, 2003. The decline in gross profit as a percentage of revenue was principally due to an increase in other direct contract expenses of $68.1 million, or 35.4%. This increase in other direct contract expenses was partially due to our increased use of subcontractors. Although we require subcontractors to handle specific requirements on certain engagements, a large portion of our subcontractor usage is not a skill-set issue, as many times clients mandate the use of certain contractors. Additionally, the size and complexity of some of our projects make the usage of subcontractors a key ingredient to winning the projects.

Our gross profit for the six months ended December 31, 2003 was $253.0 million compared with $368.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2002. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased to 16.3% during the six months ended December 31, 2003 compared to 23.9% during the six months ended December 31, 2002. The decline in gross profit as a percentage of revenue was due in part to a $13.6 million charge related to a reduction in workforce and the $61.7 million charge for lease, facilities and other exit costs recorded during the six months ended December 31, 2003 related to our previously announced reduction in office space.

As of March 31, 2004, we have approximately 15,300 full-time employees, including approximately 13,400 full-time professional consultants. As of December 31, 2003, we had approximately 15,000 employees, including approximately 13,000 client service personnel. Our ability to maintain the chargeability, or utilization, of our client service personnel directly impacts our revenue. Utilization represents the percentage of time spent by our client service personnel on billable work. Our utilization during the three months ended March 31, 2004 improved slightly when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2003. Utilization in our North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions improved by 3.3%, 6.3% and 2.6%, respectively, while utilization within our Latin America region declined by 6.0%. Our utilization during the six months ended December 31, 2003 improved across all regions when compared to utilization during the six months ended December 31, 2002. Utilization within our North America, EMEA, Asia Pacific and Latin America regions increased 7.3%, 5.6%, 11.1% and 1.3%, respectively, when compared to the six months ended December 31, 2002. Improvement in our overall utilization for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and for the six months ended December 31, 2003 is primarily the result of aligning our workforce with market demand for services and successfully integrating our personnel acquired through acquisitions made during fiscal year 2003. Overall, we believe that our workforce is in line with market demand for services and the needs of our business; and, as economic conditions begin to rebound in certain markets, we will continue to hire qualified employees with the advanced information technology skills necessary to perform the services we offer.

During the six month period ended December 31, 2003 we recorded a $61.7 million charge related to lease, facilities, and other exit costs in order to reduce our overall office space in an effort to eliminate excess capacity and to align our office space usage with our current workforce and the needs of our business. In connection with this office space reduction effort, we recorded an additional $3.6 million charge related to lease, facilities, and other exit costs during the three months ended March 31, 2004. We expect to incur total lease and facilities related restructuring charges under our current office space reduction effort of approximately $70.0 million-$74.0 million, of which $65.3 million has been incurred to date. We expect to incur additional lease and facilities charges of approximately $5.0 million to $9.0 million during the remainder of calendar year 2004. Our office space reduction effort is focused on reducing our overall office space in order to eliminate excess capacity and to align our office space usage with our current workforce and the needs of our business. Our office space reduction efforts are expected to result in a reduction of our calendar year 2004 occupancy costs of approximately $20 million.

For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we reported an effective tax rate of 78.6%. We expect to report an effective tax rate in the range of 50% to 55% for calendar year 2004. The quarterly rate differs from our expected annual rate because we are required to first allocate specific components of our expected annual tax provision to quarterly charges for reductions in office space and to quarterly losses in certain foreign subsidiaries, and to then apportion the remainder of the tax provision to the remainder of net pre-tax income for the year. We expect that this methodology will result in our reporting an effective tax rate in the range of 50% to 55% for the entire year and fluctuating effective tax rates in each quarter of the year.

For the six months ended December 31, 2003, we reported a negative effective tax rate of 1.7%. Our effective tax rate was negatively affected by unusable losses in our foreign operations. Additionally, due to a history of losses and restrictions under tax laws, generally no tax benefit can be recognized in connection with the $127.3 million goodwill impairment charge recorded during the six month period ended December 31, 2003. Our profitable operations were concentrated in relatively high tax rate jurisdictions, which resulted in tax expense being generated on our overall consolidated loss for the six months ended December 31, 2003.

Segments

Through fiscal year 2002, we conducted operations within five reportable segments. Our reportable segments were representative of the five major industry groups in which we have industry-specific knowledge, including Public Services, Communications & Content, Financial Services, Consumer and Industrial Markets and High Technology. Upon completion of a series of international acquisitions during the first quarter of fiscal year 2003, we established three international operating segments (EMEA and the Asia Pacific and Latin America regions). Effective July 1, 2003, we combined our Consumer and Industrial Markets and High Technology industry groups to form the Consumer, Industrial and Technology industry group. For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the six months ended December 31, 2003, we have seven reportable segments in addition to the Corporate/Other category (which consists primarily of infrastructure costs). Our chief operating decision maker, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, evaluates performance and allocates resources based upon the segments. Accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described below in “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” and Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus. Upon consolidation, all intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Inter-segment transactions are not included in the measure of profit or loss and total assets for each reportable segment. Performance of the segments is evaluated based on operating income excluding the costs of infrastructure functions (such as information systems, finance and accounting, human resources, legal and marketing) as described in Note 3, “Segment Reporting,” of the Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and Note 21, “Segment Information,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus. Prior year segment information has been reclassified to reflect current period presentation.

Significant Components of Our Statements of Operations

Revenue. We derive substantially all of our revenue from professional service activities. Revenue includes all amounts that are billed or billable to clients, including out-of-pocket costs such as travel and subsistence for client service professional staff, costs of hardware and software and costs of subcontractors (collectively referred to as “other direct contract expenses”). Unbilled revenue represents revenue for services performed that have not been billed. Billings in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue until the applicable revenue recognition criteria are met. We recognize revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. We consider revenue to be realized or realizable and earned when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, fees are fixed or determinable, and collection of revenue is reasonably assured. We generally enter into long-term, fixed-price, time-and-materials and cost-plus contracts to design, develop or modify multifaceted, client specific information technology systems. We generally recognize the majority of our revenue on a time-and-materials or percentage-of-completion basis as services are provided (See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” below and Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus).

We enter into contracts with our clients that contain varying terms and conditions. These contracts generally provide that they can be terminated without significant advance notice or penalty. Generally, in the event that a client terminates a project, the client remains obligated to pay for services performed and expenses incurred by us through the date of termination.

Costs of Service. Our costs of service generally include professional compensation and other direct contract expenses, as well as costs attributable to the support of client service professional staff, depreciation and amortization costs related to assets used in revenue-generating activities, bad debt expense relating to accounts receivable, and other costs attributable to serving our client base. Professional compensation consists of payroll costs and related benefits associated with client service professional staff (including costs associated with reductions in workforce). Other direct contract expenses include costs directly attributable to client engagements. These costs include out-of-pocket costs such as travel and subsistence for client service professional staff, costs of hardware and software and costs of subcontractors. Additionally, our costs of service include restructuring or impairment charges related to assets used in revenue-generating activities, such as costs incurred associated with our office space reduction effort.

Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets. Amortization of purchased intangible assets represents the amortization expense on identifiable intangible assets related to customer and market-related intangible assets, which resulted from the various acquisitions of businesses.

Goodwill Impairment Charge. Goodwill impairment charges represent the amount by which the carrying value of our goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of our goodwill as measured in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus).

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses include costs related to marketing, information systems, depreciation and amortization, finance and accounting, human resources, sales force, and other expenses related to managing and growing our business. During fiscal year 2003, selling, general and administrative expenses also included marketing costs associated with our rebranding effort of $28.2 million.

Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest expense reflects interest incurred on our borrowings, including interest incurred on private placement senior notes, borrowings under revolving lines of credit and borrowings under foreign currency denominated term loans. Interest income represents interest earned on short-term investments of available cash and cash equivalents.

Income Tax Expense. Our effective tax rate is significantly impacted by our level of pre-tax earnings and non-deductible expenses. Accordingly, if our pre-tax earnings grow and non-deductible expenses grow at a slower rate or decrease, our effective tax rate will decrease. Due to our high level of non-deductible travel-related expenses and unusable foreign tax losses and credits, our effective tax rate exceeds statutory rates. In addition, our quarterly effective tax rate differs from our expected annual rate because we are required to first allocate specific components of our expected annual tax provision to quarterly charges for reductions in office space and to quarterly losses in certain foreign subsidiaries, and to then apportion the remainder of the tax provision to the remainder of net pre-tax income for the year. We expect that this methodology will result in fluctuating effective tax rates in each quarter of the year.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires that management make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management’s estimates and assumptions are derived and

continually evaluated based on available information, reasonable judgment and the Company’s experience. Because the use of estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Accounting policies and estimates that management believes are most critical to the Company’s financial condition and operating results pertain to revenue recognition (including estimates of costs to complete engagements); valuation of accounts receivable; valuation of goodwill; and effective income tax rates. See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus for descriptions of these and other significant accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition. We earn revenue from a range of consulting services, including, but not limited to, business and technology strategy, systems design, architecture, applications implementation, network, systems integration and managed services. Revenue includes all amounts that are billed or billable to clients, including out-of-pocket costs such as travel and subsistence for client service professional staff, costs of hardware and software and costs of subcontractors (collectively referred to as “other direct contract expenses”). Unbilled revenue consists of recognized recoverable costs and accrued profits on contracts for which billings had not been presented to the clients as of the balance sheet date. Management anticipates that the collection of these amounts will occur within one year of March 31, 2004, with the exception of approximately $10.7 million related to various long-term contracts with certain government agencies. Billings in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue until the applicable revenue recognition criteria are met.

Services: We generally enter into long-term, fixed-price, time-and-materials, and cost-plus contracts to design, develop or modify multifaceted client-specific information technology systems. Such arrangements represent a significant portion of our business and are accounted for in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts.” Arrangements accounted for under SOP 81-1 must have a binding, legally enforceable contract in place before revenue can be recognized. Revenue under fixed-price contracts is generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method based upon costs to the client incurred as a percentage of the total estimated costs to the client. Revenue under time-and-materials contracts is based on fixed billable rates for hours delivered plus reimbursable costs. Revenue under cost-plus contracts is recognized based upon reimbursable costs incurred plus estimated fees earned thereon.

We also enter into fixed-price and time-and-materials contracts to provide general business consulting services, including, but not limited to, systems selection or assessment, feasibility studies, and business valuation and corporate strategy services. Such arrangements are accounted for in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” as amended by SAB No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.” Revenue from such arrangements is recognized when; i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; ii) the fee is fixed or determinable; iii) services have been rendered and payment has been contractually earned, and; iv) collectibility of the related receivable or unbilled revenue is reasonably assured.

Additionally, we enter into arrangements in which we manage, staff, maintain, host or otherwise run solutions and systems provided to the client. Revenue from these types of arrangements is typically recognized on a ratable basis as earned over the term of the service period.

We periodically perform reviews of estimated revenue and costs on all of our contracts at an individual engagement level to assess whether they are consistent with initial assumptions. Any changes to estimates are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the change is identified. Losses on contracts are recognized when identified.

Software: We enter into a limited number of software licensing arrangements. We recognize software license fee revenue in accordance with the provisions of SOP 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” and its related interpretations. Our software licensing arrangements typically include multiple elements, such as software products, post-contract customer support, and consulting and training services. The aggregate arrangement fee is allocated to each of the undelivered elements based upon vendor-specific evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), with

the residual of the arrangement fee allocated to the delivered elements. VSOE for each individual element is determined based upon prices charged to customers when these elements are sold separately. Fees allocated to each software element of the arrangement are recognized as revenue when the following criteria have been met; i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; ii) delivery of the product has occurred; iii) the license fee is fixed or determinable, and; iv) collectibility of the related receivable is probable. If evidence of fair value of the undelivered elements of the arrangement does not exist, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time as evidence of fair value does exist, or until all elements of the arrangement are delivered. Fees allocated to post-contract customer support are recognized as revenue ratably over the term of the support period. Fees allocated to other services are recognized as revenue as the services are performed. Revenue from monthly license charge or hosting arrangements is recognized on a subscription basis over the period in which the client uses the product.

Multiple-Element Arrangements for Service Offerings: In certain arrangements, we enter into contracts that include the delivery of a combination of two or more of our service offerings. Such arrangements are accounted for in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” Typically, such multiple-element arrangements incorporate the design, development or modification of systems and an ongoing obligation to manage, staff, maintain, host or otherwise run solutions and systems provided to the client. Such contracts are divided into separate units of accounting, and the total arrangement fee is allocated to each unit based on its relative fair value. Revenue is recognized separately, and in accordance with our revenue recognition policy, for each element.

Valuation of Accounts Receivable. Periodically, we review accounts receivable to reassess our estimates of collectibility. We provide valuation reserves for bad debts based on specific identification of likely and probable losses. In addition, we provide valuation reserves for estimates of aged receivables that may be written off based upon historical experience. These valuation reserves are periodically reevaluated and adjusted as more information about the ultimate collectibility of accounts receivable becomes available. Circumstances that could cause our valuation reserves to increase include changes in our clients’ liquidity and credit quality, other factors negatively impacting our clients’ ability to pay their obligations as they come due, and the quality of our collection efforts.

Valuation of Goodwill. Effective July 1, 2001, the Company early-adopted the new accounting principle related to goodwill, SFAS No. 142. As a consequence, we recognized a transitional impairment loss of $80.0 million, net of tax, ($0.51 per share) as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. This transitional impairment loss resulted from the change in method of measuring impairments.

Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, goodwill is no longer amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually. The first step of the goodwill impairment test is a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value of a reporting unit is the amount for which the unit as a whole could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. The goodwill impairment test requires us to identify our reporting units and obtain estimates of the fair values of those units as of the testing date. Our reporting units are our North American industry groups and our international geographic regions. We estimate the fair values of our reporting units using discounted cash flow valuation models. Those models require estimates of future revenue, profits, capital expenditures and working capital for each unit. We estimate these amounts by evaluating historical trends, current budgets, operating plans and industry data. We conduct our annual impairment test as of April 1 of each year. The timing and frequency of our goodwill impairment test is based on an ongoing assessment of events and circumstances that would more than likely reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. We monitor our goodwill balance for impairment and conduct formal tests when impairment indicators are present. A decline in the fair value of any of our reporting units below its carrying value is an indicator that the underlying goodwill of the unit is potentially impaired. This situation would require the second step of the goodwill impairment test to determine whether the reporting unit’s goodwill is impaired. The second step of the goodwill impairment test is a comparison of the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. An impairment loss is required for the amount by which the carrying value of a

reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill would then become the new cost basis of the unit’s goodwill.

Effective Income Tax Rates. Determining effective income tax rates is highly dependent upon management estimates and judgments, particularly at each interim reporting date. Circumstances that could cause our estimates of effective income tax rates to change include restrictions on the use of the Company’s foreign subsidiary losses to reduce the Company’s tax burden; actual and projected pre-tax income; changes in law; and audits by taxing authorities. In addition, our quarterly effective tax rate differs from our expected annual rate because we are required to first allocate specific components of our expected annual tax provision to quarterly charges for reductions in office space and to quarterly losses in certain foreign subsidiaries, and to then apportion the remainder of the tax provision to the remainder of net pre-tax income for the year. We expect that this methodology will result in fluctuating effective tax rates in each quarter of the year.

Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of the Company and all of its majority-owned subsidiaries. Upon consolidation, all significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Prior to calendar year 2004, certain of our consolidated foreign subsidiaries within the EMEA and Asia Pacific region reported their results on a one-month lag, which allowed additional time to compile results. We have taken steps to improve our internal reporting procedures, which have allowed for more timely reporting of these operations. Beginning in the first quarter of calendar year 2004, the one-month lag for certain of the Asia Pacific operations was eliminated. Certain of our consolidated foreign subsidiaries continue to report their results of operations on a one-month lag.

On February 2, 2004, we changed our fiscal year end from a twelve-month period ending June 30 to a twelve-month period ending December 31. As a requirement of this change, the results for the six-month period from July 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003 are reported as a separate transition period within the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations will: (i) compare the unaudited results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 to the unaudited results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2003, (ii) compare the audited results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2003 to the unaudited results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2002; (iii) compare the results of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 to the results of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002; (iv) compare the results of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 to the results of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001; and (v) discuss our liquidity and capital resources as of March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.

Results of Operations

The following table presents certain financial information for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.


	Six Months Ended December 31,
	2003			2002
				(unaudited)
	(in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
Revenue	$	1,554,431		$	1,540,272

Costs of service:
Professional compensation		689,770			689,009
Other direct contract expenses		420,444			341,663
Lease and facilities charge		61,686			2,265
Other costs of service		129,507			139,001

Total costs of service		1,301,407			1,171,938

Gross profit		253,024			368,334
Amortization of purchased intangible assets		10,651			19,334
Goodwill impairment charge		127,326			—
Selling, general and administrative expenses		273,775			283,581

Operating income (loss)		(158,728	)		65,419
Interest/Other income (expense), net		(4,208	)		(4,615	)

Income (loss) before taxes		(162,936	)		60,804
Income tax expense		2,831			33,944

Net income (loss)	$	(165,767	)	$	26,860

Earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted	$	(0.86	)	$	0.15

Weighted average shares—basic		193,596,759			180,278,748

Weighted average shares—diluted		193,596,759			180,408,595

The following tables present certain financial information and performance metrics for each of the Company’s reportable segments.


	Three Months Ended March 31,						Six Months Ended December 31,						Year Ended June 30,
	2004			2003			2003			2002			2003			2002			2001
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)						(unaudited)
	(in thousands)
Revenue:
Public Services	$	353,403		$	276,707		$	575,025		$	534,877		$	1,094,754		$	966,422		$	871,597
Communications & Content		60,394			88,407			140,460			187,031			350,694			473,269			551,089
Financial Services		67,232			59,056			120,664			116,799			236,773			229,993			463,930
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		111,754			136,833			215,592			270,876			523,943			505,895			826,881
EMEA		153,934			157,607			289,295			271,253			567,581			16,089			18,311
Asia Pacific		91,637			83,990			163,287			127,478			293,214			128,145			60,620
Latin America		20,950			16,093			47,068			31,367			73,743			44,054			62,800
Corporate/Other		1,737			177			3,040			591			(1,425	)		3,760			596

Total	$	861,041		$	818,870		$	1,554,431		$	1,540,272		$	3,139,277		$	2,367,627		$	2,855,824

Revenue %:
Public Services		41	%		34	%		37	%		35	%		35	%		41	%		31	%
Communications & Content		7	%		11	%		9	%		12	%		11	%		20	%		19	%
Financial Services		8	%		7	%		8	%		7	%		8	%		10	%		16	%
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		13	%		17	%		14	%		18	%		17	%		21	%		29	%
EMEA		18	%		19	%		19	%		18	%		18	%		1	%		1	%
Asia Pacific		11	%		10	%		10	%		8	%		9	%		5	%		2	%
Latin America		2	%		2	%		3	%		2	%		2	%		2	%		2	%
Corporate/Other		n/m			n/m			n/m			n/m			n/m			n/m			n/m

Total		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%

Gross Profit:
Public Services	$	97,491		$	85,696		$	177,650			182,113		$	350,237		$	342,198		$	277,145
Communications & Content		10,700			25,506			35,710			70,849			112,892			141,592			161,686
Financial Services		15,250			15,609			35,018			37,437			69,262			46,771			91,819
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		24,196			37,462			49,749			84,398			142,171			152,239			263,671
EMEA		17,070			21,564			34,960			66,185			108,963			1,917			680
Asia Pacific		20,114			14,578			37,397			18,242			49,004			11,151			8,069
Latin America		4,060			4,705			9,246			10,291			23,465			3,212			(8,089	)
Corporate/Other(1)		(34,851	)		(30,472	)		(126,706	)		(101,181	)		(140,723	)		(98,228	)		(80,234	)

Total	$	154,030		$	174,648		$	253,024		$	368,334		$	715,271		$	600,852		$	714,747

Gross Profit %:
Public Services		28	%		31	%		31	%		34	%		32	%		35	%		32	%
Communications & Content		18	%		29	%		25	%		38	%		32	%		30	%		29	%
Financial Services		23	%		26	%		29	%		32	%		29	%		20	%		20	%
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		22	%		27	%		23	%		31	%		27	%		30	%		32	%
EMEA		11	%		14	%		12	%		24	%		19	%		12	%		4	%
Asia Pacific		22	%		17	%		23	%		14	%		17	%		9	%		13	%
Latin America		19	%		29	%		20	%		33	%		32	%		7	%		(13	%)
Corporate/Other(1)		n/m			n/m			n/m			n/m			n/m			n/m			n/m

Total		18	%		21	%		16	%		24	%		23	%		25	%		25	%

(1)	Corporate/Other operating loss is principally due to infrastructure and shared services costs.

n/m=not meaningful

Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2003

Revenue. Revenue increased $42.2 million, or 5.1%, from $818.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2003, to $861.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to a $31.8 million increase in revenue within our North America operating segments and a $8.8 million increase in revenue within our international operating segments. Our North America revenue of $592.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased 5.7% when compared to the same period in the prior year. Revenue for our North America region increased primarily due to growth in both our Public Services and Financial Services business units. In North America, we experienced a 6.5% increase in engagement hours while average billing rates remained steady, declining less than 1.0%. Revenue from our international operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $266.5 million, an increase of 3.4% when compared to the same period in the prior year. Revenue for our international regions increased predominantly due to the effect of currency exchange-rate fluctuations on reported revenue.

Although we are beginning to see many positive economic indicators in the United States and internationally, growth in IT spending remains isolated to certain specific markets and regions. Our workforce is experiencing healthy utilization, with a growing need to hire additional employees with advanced skill sets in rebounding markets. As revenues increase, our goal is to maintain utilization and then to increase headcount. Although billing rates have generally held steady for the Company as a whole, we continue to face rate pressures due to client return-on-investment demands and competitor pricing. We anticipate rate pressures to continue going forward; therefore we remain focused on differentiating our values and capabilities from those of our competitors, and look to complement our solutions offerings with greater offshore capabilities in order to maintain profit margins.

Public Services, the Company’s largest business unit, generated revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2004 of $353.4 million, representing an increase of $76.7 million, or 27.7%, over the three months ended March 31, 2003. This increase was predominantly the result of growth in the Federal business sector. Overall, our Public Services business unit experienced increases in both engagement hours and billing rates of 12.9% and 13.1%, respectively, despite both client-driven and competitor-driven pricing pressures. Revenue for our State, Local & Education (SLED) business sector decreased when compared to the prior year due to the impact of state budget and spending constraints. The Public Services pipeline is strong and we expect to see continued growth in this business unit during calendar year 2004.

The Communications & Content business unit generated revenue of $60.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2004, representing a decline of $28.0 million, or 31.7%, from the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decline was primarily the result of continued pricing pressures, as competition for new engagements has remained strong during the sustained economic downturn. In addition, revenue in our Wireline/Telco sector has declined due to our completion of several large contracts involving testing related to compliance with the 1996 Telecommunications Act. While engaged on compliance testing contracts, certain clients decided to curtail the Company’s involvement in non-compliance related projects. Due to the exhaustive nature and extent of the compliance testing, we do not expect these clients to engage our Company for many of their future projects. Overall, Communications & Content experienced declines in average billing rates and engagement hours of 15.4% and 19.3%, respectively, when compared to the prior year. Although the Communications & Content pipeline is showing signs of improvement, we do not expect to see significant growth in this business unit until late in calendar year 2004.

Our Financial Services business unit generated revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2004 of $67.2 million, representing growth of $8.2 million, or 13.8% over the three months ended March 31, 2003. This increase in revenue was principally due to a 22.4% increase in engagement hours and a 21.0% increase in utilization when compared to the prior year. Growth in the Financial Services business unit was predominantly in the Banking & Insurance sector. Billing rates for the three months ended March 31, 2004 declined 7.0% when compared to the same period during the prior year as a result of pricing pressure from both our clients and competition in the Banking & Insurance and Global Markets sectors. We anticipate continued pricing pressure for the second quarter, however we expect to see improvement in both sectors as we position ourselves to benefit

from our highly skilled and technically advanced workforce. The pipeline for Financial Services is very strong and bookings for the second quarter are expected to increase, driven mainly by large technology development deals.

The Consumer, Industrial and Technology business unit generated revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2004 of $111.8 million, representing a decline of $25.1 million, or 18.3%, over the three months ended March 31, 2003. The decline was primarily the result of continued pricing pressures and challenging economic conditions, which have led to a decrease in technology spending. Consumer, Industrial and Technology experienced a decline in engagement hours and average billing rates of 13.4% and 5.6%, respectively, when compared to the same period during the prior year. Although client spending within the Consumer, Industrial and Technology industry remains cautious we have begun to see some positive opportunities for growth evidenced by improvement in the pipeline.

The EMEA business unit generated revenue of $153.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2004, representing a decline of $3.7 million, or 2.3%, over the three months ended March 31, 2003. The reported revenue for our international business units is affected by currency exchange-rate fluctuations. The strengthening of foreign currencies (primarily the Euro) against the U.S. dollar over the past year resulted in a currency translation that has increased our reported U.S. dollar revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2004. In constant currency terms, revenue for our EMEA business unit for the three months ended March 31, 2004 declined by approximately 16.5% when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decline is mainly due to overcapacity in the marketplace and an overall lack of demand for work resulting from the sustained economic downturn. Our EMEA business unit experienced a decrease in engagement hours and average billing rates (on a constant currency basis) of 10.0% and 7.1%, respectively, when compared to the prior year. Although we anticipate continued demand and pricing pressure going forward, our focus remains on improving relationships with our key accounts and balancing the mix of our workforce in order to meet market demand for services. We have begun to see some positive indicators, including strong bookings during the three months ended March 31, 2004 and an increase in spending within certain key accounts.

The Asia Pacific business unit generated revenue of $91.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2004 representing growth of $7.6 million, or 9.1%, over the three months ended March 31, 2003. The strengthening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar over the past year resulted in a currency translation that has increased our reported U.S. dollar revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2004. In constant currency terms, revenue for our Asia Pacific business unit for the three months ended March 31, 2004 decreased by approximately 2.7% when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2003. The decline in revenue was primarily the result of difficult market conditions, which negatively impacted IT spending.

Our Latin America business unit generated revenue of $21.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2004, representing growth of $4.9 million, or 30.2%, over the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase in revenue is due to the continued integration of acquisitions made during fiscal year 2003 in addition to increased volume in Mexico and Brazil. This increase is reflected in a 14.0% growth in engagement hours as well as a 14.2% increase in our average billing rate per hour. Currency exchange-rate fluctuations have not had a significant impact on our Latin America operations.

Gross Profit. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue declined to 17.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared to 21.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decline is mainly attributable to an increase in other direct contract expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2004 of $68.1 million, or 35.4%. In dollar terms, gross profit decreased by $20.6 million, or 11.8%, from $174.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003, to $154.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. Despite the increase in revenue of $42.2 million described above, gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2004 declined as a result of the following:

•

A net decrease in professional compensation of $3.9 million, or 1.0%, from $379.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003, to $375.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The decrease in professional compensation expense is primarily the result of savings achieved by our

workforce reduction actions taken over the past year in response to the challenging economy. Professional compensation expense as a percentage of revenue improved to 43.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to 46.4% during the prior year.

•

A net increase in other direct contract expenses of $68.1 million, or 35.4%, from $192.6 million, or 23.5% of revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2003, to $260.7 million, or 30.3% of revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The $68.1 million increase in other direct contract expenses is mainly attributable to our increased use of subcontractors, particularly in the Public Services business unit. The increase in other direct contract expenses, including the cost of subcontractors, has negatively impacted our gross profit, as the cost of subcontractors is generally more expensive than the cost of our own workforce. Although we require subcontractors to handle specific requirements on some engagements, the majority of our subcontractor usage is not a skill-set issue, as many times clients mandate the use of certain contractors. The size and complexity of some of our projects make usage of subcontractors a key ingredient to winning the projects. Whenever possible we are focused on limiting the use of subcontractors and minimizing travel-related expenses, working to increase our margins by complementing our solutions offerings with greater offshore capabilities, and increasing our hiring in order to balance our skill base with the market demand for our services.

•

A net increase in other costs of service of $0.6 million, or 0.9%, from $66.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003, to $67.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase in other costs of service is primarily attributable to an increase in costs associated with international acquisitions completed during fiscal year 2003, offset by savings achieved as a result of our office space reduction efforts. Other costs of service as a percentage of revenue improved slightly to 7.8% during the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to 8.1% during the three months ended March 31, 2003.

•

During the three months ended March 31, 2004, we recorded, within the Corporate/Other operating segment, a charge of $3.6 million for lease, facilities and other exit costs related to our previously announced reduction in office space primarily within the North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions. We reduced our overall office space in an effort to eliminate excess capacity and to align our office space usage with our current workforce and the needs of the business. The $3.6 million lease and facilities charge included $1.9 million related to the fair value of future lease obligations (net of estimated sublease income), $0.3 million representing the unamortized cost of fixed assets and $1.4 million in other costs associated with exiting facilities. As of March 31, 2004, we have a remaining lease and facilities accrual of $22.4 million and $31.3 million, identified as current and noncurrent portions, respectively. The remaining lease and facilities accrual will be paid over the remaining lease terms.

Gross profit for our Public Services business unit declined to 27.6% of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2004, from 31.0% of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decline is principally due to a $56.4 million increase in other direct contract expenses as a result of our increased use of subcontractors, as the cost of subcontractors is generally more expensive than the cost of our own workforce, coupled with a $5.5 million increase in compensation expense. As mentioned above, the increase in our use of subcontractors is mainly the result of acting as the prime contractor on several large system integration projects and the mandated use of subcontractors on certain international engagements. The increase in professional compensation expense is primarily due to an increase in our headcount in response to market demand for services and our continued effort to hire employees with the advanced information technology skills necessary to perform the services we offer in order to reduce reliance on subcontractors to perform these services.

Gross profit for the Communications & Content business unit decreased to 17.7% of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from 28.9% of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2003. In dollar terms, gross profit decreased $14.8 million, or 58.0%, when compared to the prior year. The decline in gross profit was principally due to the decrease in revenue of $28.0 million resulting primarily from the sustained economic downturn and the completion of several large contracts involving testing related to compliance with

the 1996 Telecommunications Act. Contracts involving testing related to compliance with the 1996 Telecommunications Act generally had higher levels of profitability than other contracts within Communications & Content.

Gross profit for the Financial Services business unit decreased to 22.7% of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from 26.4% of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2003. The decline in gross profit was principally due to an increase in other direct contract expenses as a percentage of revenue from 18.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2003 to 22.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase in other direct contract expenses as a percentage of revenue is mainly due to an increase in the use of subcontractors and travel related expenses in line with the growth in our Financial Services business. In addition, gross profit for the Financial Services business unit was negatively impacted by an increase in professional compensation expense due to an increase in headcount.

Gross profit for the Consumer, Industrial and Technology business unit declined to 21.7% of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from 27.4% of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2003. In dollar terms, gross profit decreased $13.3 million, or 35.4%, when compared to the same period during the prior year. The decline in gross profit was principally due to the decrease in revenue mentioned above resulting from the challenging economic conditions and cautious IT spending.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue for the EMEA business unit declined to 11.1% of revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared to 13.7% of revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decline is primarily a result of an increase in other direct contract expenses due to increased use of subcontractors during the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase in our use of subcontractors is a result of our need to contract for certain types of skills in order to meet client requirements. This need to subcontract will decline as we continue to balance our skill base against the market demand for our services.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue for the Asia Pacific business unit improved to 21.9%, during the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared to 17.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2003. This improvement is the result of a $7.6 million increase in revenue as well as a reduction in professional compensation expense as a percentage of revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2004.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue for Latin America declined to 19.4% of revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to 29.2% of revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decline is primarily the result of our increased use of subcontractors at key clients to satisfy the demands resulting from our revenue growth discussed above. This need to subcontract will decline as we continue to balance our skill base against the market demand for our services.

Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets. Amortization of purchased intangible assets decreased $11.3 million to $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004, from $12.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decrease in amortization expense primarily relates to the fact that the majority of the value relating to order backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships that were acquired before December 31, 2002 was fully amortized by August 2003.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $3.6 million, or 2.5%, from $141.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003, to $137.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. This decrease is predominantly related to $4.7 million in costs associated with our rebranding initiative incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decrease is also due to savings in infrastructure costs as we continue to wind down services provided under our transition services agreement with KPMG LLP. These savings are offset by an increase in infrastructure costs associated with the international acquisitions completed during fiscal year 2003. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of gross revenue improved slightly to 16.0% compared to 17.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2003.

Income Tax Expense. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we earned income before taxes of $10.1 million and provided for income taxes of $7.9 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 78.6%. For the three months ended March 31, 2003, we earned income before taxes of $14.7 million and provided for income taxes of $10.6 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 71.9%.

We reported an effective tax rate of 78.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2004, but expect to report an effective tax rate in the range of 50% to 55% for 2004. The quarterly rate differs from the expected annual rate because we are required to first allocate specific components of our expected annual tax provision to quarterly charges for reductions in office space and to quarterly losses in certain foreign subsidiaries, and to then apportion the remainder of the tax provision to the remainder of net pre-tax income for the year. We expect that this methodology will result in reporting an effective tax rate in the range of 50% to 55% for the entire year and fluctuating effective tax rates in each quarter of the year.

Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle. Historically, we have consolidated the financial results of certain foreign subsidiaries within Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and the Asia Pacific region as of a date that is one month prior (i.e. February 29, 2004) to that of our fiscal reporting period (i.e. March 31, 2004) (“one-month lag”). The change in accounting principle results in certain Asia Pacific subsidiaries now reporting on a current period basis that is consistent with our fiscal reporting period. The purpose of the change is to have these certain foreign subsidiaries report on a basis similar to our fiscal reporting period. As a result, net income for the three months ended March 31, 2004 includes a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $0.5 million representing the December 2003 net loss for these entities.

Net Income. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we realized net income of $1.6 million, or $0.01 per share. For the three months ended March 31 2003, we realized net income of $4.1 million, or $0.02 per share.

Six Months Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Six Months Ended December 31, 2002

Revenue. Revenue increased $14.2 million, or less than 1.0%, from $1,540.3 million during the six months ended December 31, 2002, to $1,554.4 million during the six months ended December 31, 2003. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to an increase in revenue within our international operating segments totaling $69.6 million, offset by a decline in North America revenue of $57.8 million. Revenue from our international operations for the six months ended December 31, 2003 was $499.7 million, an increase of 16.2% when compared to the same period in the prior year. Our international operations experienced a 6.4% increase in engagement hours as well as a 9.2% increase in average billing rates. Our North America revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2003 of $1,051.7 million declined 5.2% when compared to the same period in the prior year. The decline in our North America revenue was primarily the result of a slow economy and cautious IT spending. In North America, we experienced a 4.0% decrease in engagement hours as well as 1.2% decrease in our average billing rates.

Although our revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2003 remained relatively flat when compared to the six months ended December 31, 2002, we are beginning to see many positive economic indicators in the U.S. and internationally, however, growth in IT spending remains isolated to certain specific markets and regions. Despite the cautious IT spending, our bookings have remained solid, with a positive book-to-bill ratio in six out of our seven business units during the six months ended December 31, 2003. Our workforce is experiencing healthy utilization, with a growing need to hire additional employees with advanced skill sets in rebounding markets. As revenues increase, our goal is to first increase utilization and then to increase headcount. Although billing rates have generally held steady for the Company as a whole, we continue to face rate pressures due to client return-on-investment demands and competitor pricing. We anticipate rate pressures to continue going forward; therefore we remain focused on differentiating our values and capabilities from those of our competitors, and look to complement our solutions offerings with greater offshore capabilities in order to maintain profit margins.

Public Services, the Company’s largest business unit, generated revenue during the six months ended December 31, 2003 of $575.0 million, representing an increase of $40.1 million, or 7.5%, over the six months ended December 31, 2002. This increase was predominantly the result of growth in the Federal business sector, driven by success on international engagements. Revenue for our State, Local & Education (SLED) business sector decreased due to the impact of state budget and spending constraints. Overall, our Public Services business unit experienced increases in both engagement hours and billing rates of 2.6% and 4.7%, respectively, despite both client-driven and competitor-driven pricing pressures. Our Public Services business unit maintained a strong win rate during the six months ended December 31, 2003, as we were awarded 9 out of 10 large North American projects that we competed for during the period.

The Communications & Content business unit generated revenue of $140.5 million during the six months ended December 31, 2003, representing a decline of $46.6 million, or 24.9%, from the six months ended December 31, 2002. This decline was primarily the result of our completion of several large contracts involving testing related to compliance with the 1996 Telecommunications Act. While engaged on compliance testing contracts, certain clients decided to curtail the Company’s involvement in non-compliance related projects. Due to the exhaustive nature and extent of the compliance testing, we do not expect these clients to engage our Company for many of their future projects, as such, engagement hours have declined 17.0%. In addition, pricing pressures within the communications industry have resulted in a 9.5% decrease in billing rates.

Our Financial Services business unit generated revenue during the six months ended December 31, 2003 of $120.7 million, representing growth of $3.9 million, or 3.3% over the six months ended December 31, 2002. The increase in revenue was principally due to a 2.9% increase in engagement hours and an increase in reimbursable out-of-pocket engagement costs. The Financial Services business unit experienced significant growth in the Banking & Insurance sector, which was partially offset by a decline in the Global Markets sector. Billing rates for the six months ended December 31, 2003 remained consistent with the same period during the prior year, despite pricing pressure from both our clients and competition in the Banking & Insurance and Global Markets sectors.

The Consumer, Industrial and Technology business unit generated revenue during the six months ended December 31, 2003 of $215.6 million, representing a decline of $55.3 million, or 20.4%, over the six months ended December 31, 2002. The decline was primarily the result of challenging economic conditions, which have led to a decrease in technology spending. Revenue was significantly impacted by the cancellation of two of our larger accounts. When compared to the same period in the prior year, engagement hours decreased 17.5% and billing rates decreased 3.5% during the six months ended December 31, 2003.

The EMEA business unit generated revenue of $289.3 million during the six months ended December 31, 2003, representing growth of $18.0 million, or 6.7%, over the six months ended December 31, 2002. The growth in our reported EMEA revenue resulted from a strengthening of foreign currencies (primarily the Euro) against the U.S. dollar during the six months ended December 31, 2003. In constant currency terms, revenue for our EMEA business unit for the six months ended December 31, 2003 declined by approximately 8% when compared to the six months ended December 31, 2002. This decline is the result of a decrease in engagement hours caused by the adverse changes in the business climate within certain of our EMEA operations. In response to this trend, we completed a reduction in workforce during the six months ended December 31, 2003, resulting in an increase in our utilization of approximately 5.6% for the six months ended December 31, 2003 when compared to the six months ended December 31, 2002.

The Asia Pacific business unit generated revenue of $163.3 million during the six months ended December 31, 2003 representing growth of $35.8 million, or 28.1%, over the six months ended December 31,

2002. This revenue growth was primarily driven by an 11.1% increase in utilization and an 11.3% increase in engagement hours as well as the strengthening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar. The increases in utilization and engagement hours were a result of strong bookings in Japan and the continued integration of acquisitions made during the six months ended December 31, 2002 throughout the region. We experienced improvement in our performance within Greater China, and continue to focus on the emerging economies of Southeast Asia such as Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore. Revenue for Korea, Australia and New Zealand for the six months ended December 31, 2003 remained consistent with revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2002 due to difficult market conditions within these countries, which negatively impacted IT spending.

Our Latin America business unit generated revenue of $47.1 million during the six months ended December 31, 2003, representing growth of $15.7 million, or 50.1%, over the six months ended December 31, 2002. The increase in revenue is primarily due to the positive impact of the acquisitions made during the first quarter of fiscal year 2003, as well as increased volume within Mexico and Brazil. This increase is reflected in a 50.7% growth in engagement hours, while our utilization improved 1.3% and our billing rate per hour in the region remained steady despite increased pricing pressure within this market.

Gross Profit. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue declined to 16.3% for the six months ended December 31, 2003, compared to 23.9% for the six months ended December 31, 2002. This decline is mainly attributable to an increase in other direct contract expenses and the impact of the $61.7 million lease and facilities charge related to office space reductions and the $13.6 million reduction in workforce charge recorded during the six months ended December 31, 2003. In dollar terms, gross profit decreased by $115.3 million, or 31.3%, from $368.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2002, to $253.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2003. The decrease in gross profit was due to the increase in revenue of $14.2 million described above, offset by the following:

•

A net increase in professional compensation of $0.8 million, or less than 1.0%, from $689.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2002, to $689.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2003. Professional compensation expense for the six months ended December 31, 2003 includes a $13.6 million charge related to a reduction in workforce recorded during the period. The impact of this charge was significantly offset by savings achieved through our workforce reduction actions in response to the challenging economy.

•

A net increase in other direct contract expenses of $78.8 million, or 23.1%, from $341.7 million, or 22.2% of revenue, for the six months ended December 31, 2002, to $420.4 million, or 27.0% of revenue, for the six months ended December 31, 2003. The $78.8 million increase in other direct contract expenses is mainly attributable to our increased use of subcontractors and higher levels of materials procurement, particularly in both the Public Services and EMEA business units. The increase in other direct contract expenses, including the cost of subcontractors, has negatively impacted our gross profit, as the cost of subcontractors is generally more expensive than the cost of our own workforce.

•

A net decrease in other costs of service of $9.5 million, or 6.8%, from $139.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2002, to $129.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2003. The decline in other costs of service is primarily attributable to savings achieved as a result of our office space reduction efforts.

•

During the six months ended December 31, 2003, we recorded, within the Corporate/Other operating segment, a charge of $61.7 million for lease, facilities and other exit costs related to our previously announced reduction in office space primarily within the North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions. We reduced our overall office space in an effort to eliminate excess capacity and to align our office space usage with our current workforce and the needs of the business. The $61.7 million lease and facilities charge included $46.3 million related to the fair value of future lease obligations (net of

estimated sublease income), $7.4 million representing the unamortized cost of fixed assets and $8.0 million in other costs associated with exiting facilities. As of December 31, 2003, we have a remaining lease and facilities accrual of $22.0 million and $33.5 million, identified as current and noncurrent portions, respectively. The remaining lease and facilities accrual will be paid over the remaining lease terms.

Gross profit for our Public Services business unit declined to 31.0% of revenue in the six months ended December 31, 2003, from 34.0% of revenue in the six months ended December 31, 2002. This decline is principally due to a $49.5 million increase in other direct contract expenses as a result of our increased use of subcontractors and materials procurement relating to specific engagements, coupled with a $1.8 million increase in compensation expense, which includes a $1.0 million reduction in workforce charge. Although we require subcontractors to handle specific requirements on some engagements, the majority of our use of subcontractors is not a skill-set issue, as many times clients mandate the use of certain contractors.

Gross profit for the Communications & Content business unit decreased to 25.4% of revenue in the six months ended December 31, 2003 from 37.9% of revenue in the six months ended December 31, 2002. The decline in gross profit was principally due to the decrease in revenue of $46.6 million resulting from the completion of several large contracts involving testing related to compliance with the 1996 Telecommunications Act. In addition, gross profit for the six months ended December 31, 2003 was impacted by a $1.8 million charge related to our reduction in workforce.

Gross profit for the Financial Services business unit decreased to 29.0% of revenue in the six months ended December 31, 2003 from 32.1% of revenue in the six months ended December 31, 2002. The decline in gross profit was principally due to a $3.3 million increase in other direct contract expenses as a result of the increased use of subcontractors, as well as a $0.9 million increase in professional compensation expense, which includes a $0.4 million charge related to our reduction in workforce.

Gross profit for the Consumer, Industrial and Technology business unit declined to 23.1% of revenue in the six months ended December 31, 2003 from 31.2% of revenue in the six months ended December 31, 2002. The decline in gross profit was principally due to the decrease in revenue resulting from the challenging economic conditions and cautious IT spending as mentioned above. In addition, gross profit for the six months ended December 31, 2003 was impacted by a $2.8 million charge related to our reduction in workforce.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue for the EMEA business unit declined to 12.1% of revenue during the six months ended December 31, 2003, compared to 24.4% of revenue during the six months ended December 31, 2002. This decline is primarily a result of an increase in other direct contract expenses due to increased use of subcontractors during the six months ended December 31, 2003. The increase in our use of subcontractors is a result of our need to contract for certain types of skills in order to meet client requirements. This need to subcontract will decline as we continue to balance our skill base against the market demand for our services. In addition, gross profit for the six months ended December 31, 2003 was impacted by a $4.4 million charge related to our reduction in workforce.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue for the Asia Pacific business unit improved to 22.9%, during the six months ended December 31, 2003, compared to 14.3% for the six months ended December 31, 2002. This improvement is the result of several factors including the improvement in utilization of our personnel resulting in a reduction in professional compensation expense as a percentage of revenue and a reduction in other costs of services due to tight spending controls imposed during the six months ended December 31, 2003. This improvement was partially offset by a $0.5 million workforce reduction charge recorded in the six months ended December 31, 2003.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue for Latin America declined to 19.6% of revenue during the six months ended December 31, 2003 compared to 32.8% of revenue during the six months ended December 31,

2002. This decline is primarily the result of our increased use of subcontractors at key clients to satisfy the demands resulting from our revenue growth discussed above. In addition, a $0.3 million workforce reduction charge recorded in the six months ended December 31, 2003 negatively impacted gross profit.

Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets. Amortization of purchased intangible assets decreased $8.7 million to $10.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2003, from $19.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2002. This decrease in amortization expense primarily relates to the fact that the majority of the value relating to order backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships that were acquired during the six months ended December 31, 2002, was fully amortized by August 2003.

Goodwill Impairment Charge. In December 2003, a goodwill impairment loss of $127.3 million ($0.66 per share) was recognized in the EMEA reporting unit as the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of that goodwill.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $9.8 million, or 3.5%, from $283.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2002, to $273.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2003. This decrease is predominantly due to $21.8 million in costs associated with our rebranding initiative incurred during the six months ended December 31, 2002. This decrease is also attributable to savings in infrastructure costs as we continue to wind down services provided under our transition services agreement with KPMG LLP. This savings is offset by an increase in infrastructure costs associated with the international acquisitions completed during the first quarter of fiscal year 2003. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of gross revenue declined slightly to 17.6% compared to 18.4% for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Income Tax Expense. For the six months ended December 31, 2003, we recorded a loss before taxes of $162.9 million and provided for income taxes of $2.8 million, resulting in a negative effective tax rate of 1.7%. For the six months ended December 31, 2002, we earned income before taxes of $60.8 million and provided for income taxes of $33.9 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 55.8%. Our effective tax rate continues to be negatively impacted by unusable losses in foreign operations. Additionally, due to a history of losses and restrictions under tax laws, we are generally unable to recognize tax benefit in connection with our $127.3 million goodwill impairment charge recorded in the six month period ended December 31, 2003.

Net Income (Loss). For the six months ended December 31, 2003, we incurred a net loss of $165.8 million, or a loss of $0.86 per share. For the six months ended December 31, 2002, we realized net income of $26.9 million, or $0.15 per share. Included in our results for the six months ended December 31, 2003 is the $127.3 million goodwill impairment charge, $61.7 million of lease and facilities charges and $13.6 million related to workforce reductions.

Year Ended June 30, 2003 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2002

Revenue. Revenue increased $771.7 million, or 32.6%, from $2,367.6 million in the year ended June 30, 2002 (fiscal year 2002), compared to $3,139.3 million in the year ended June 30, 2003 (fiscal year 2003). The overall increase in revenue was predominantly due to the impact of the acquisitions completed during the first half of fiscal year 2003. Our three international operating segments (i.e., EMEA and the Asia Pacific and Latin America regions) accounted for $746.3 million, or 96.7%, of the global revenue increase, principally resulting from the aforementioned acquisitions. Total North America revenue increased by $30.6 million, or 1.4%, to $2.2 billion as increases in three of our North America business units (Public Services, Financial Services and Consumer, Industrial and Technology) were almost completely offset by declines in the Communications & Content business unit. North America revenue was positively impacted by personnel acquired from Andersen Business Consulting during the first quarter of fiscal year 2003 as engagement hours increased by 5.8%; however, a decline in the average gross billing rate per hour for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 partially offset the higher level of engagement hours. Average gross billing rates in certain markets have declined due to continuous pricing pressures resulting from the challenging economic environment.

Public Services, our largest business unit, generated revenue in the year ended June 30, 2003 of $1,094.8 million, representing an increase of $128.3 million, or 13.3%, over the year ended June 30, 2002. This increase was predominantly due to growth in the Federal and State and Local business segments, driven by an 11.6% increase in engagement hours while gross billing rates were consistent year over year.

The Communications & Content business unit generated revenue of $350.7 million in the year ended June 30, 2003, representing a decline of $122.6 million, or 25.9%, over the year ended June 30, 2002. This decline was primarily the result of reduced spending in the telecommunications industry and our completion of several large contracts involving testing related to compliance with the 1996 Telecommunications Act, resulting in a 23.5% decrease in engagement hours and a slight decline in the gross billing rate year over year.

Our Financial Services business unit generated revenue in the year ended June 30, 2003 of $236.8 million, representing growth of $6.8 million, or 2.9%, over the year ended June 30, 2002. The increase in revenue was principally due to an increase in engagement hours while gross billing rates remained consistent year over year.

The Consumer, Industrial and Technology business unit, representing the combination of our former High Technology and Consumer and Industrial Markets business units, generated revenue in the year ended June 30, 2003 of $523.9 million, representing growth of $18.0 million, or 3.6%, over the year ended June 30, 2002. This business unit received the greatest revenue and resource impact from personnel hired from Andersen Business Consulting in the United States. The growth in revenue was principally due to a 25.7% increase in engagement hours, partially offset by a 17.6% decline in the gross billing rate year over year.

Our acquisitions completed in the first half of fiscal year 2003 significantly expanded our international presence and diversified our revenue base. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, North America generated 70.3% of consolidated gross revenue, while EMEA, Asia Pacific and Latin America contributed 18.1%, 9.3% and 2.3%, respectively. By comparison, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, North America contributed 91.9% of consolidated gross revenue, with EMEA, Asia Pacific and Latin America providing 0.7%, 5.4% and 1.9%, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the EMEA, Asia Pacific and Latin America operating segments generated revenue of $567.6 million, $293.2 million and $73.7 million, respectively, compared to revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 of $16.1 million, $128.1 million and $44.1 million, respectively. The increase in revenue was predominantly due to the impact of the aforementioned acquisitions, coupled with organic growth.

Gross Profit. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue declined to 22.8% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, compared to 25.4% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. This decline is mainly attributable to an increase in professional compensation expense in relation to revenue resulting from the addition of approximately 7,000 billable employees in connection with the acquisitions completed in the first half of fiscal year 2003, offset in part by our continued focus on a variety of revenue growth and cost control initiatives, including continued evaluation of required office space and the size of our workforce in relation to overall client demand for services. In dollar terms, gross profit increased by $114.4 million, or 19.0%, from $600.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2002, to $715.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The increase in gross profit was due to an increase in revenue of $771.7 million described above, offset by:

•

A net increase in professional compensation of $481.9 million, or 51.2%, from $940.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2002, to $1,422.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. This increase is primarily related to the additional compensation expense in relation to revenue resulting from the addition of approximately 7,000 billable employees as a result of acquisitions completed in the first half of fiscal year 2003, including $13.5 million relating to common stock awards made to certain former partners of the Andersen Business Consulting practices. These increases are partially offset by savings achieved though our workforce reduction actions that have occurred over the past twelve months in response to the challenging economy.

•

A net increase in other direct contract expenses of $128.6 million, or 21.7%, from $592.6 million, or 25.0% of revenue, for the year ended June 30, 2002, to $721.2 million, or 23.0% of revenue, for the year ended June 30, 2003. The $128.6 million increase in other direct contract expenses is attributable to higher revenue levels, while the improvement in other direct contract expenses as a percentage of revenue to 23.0% is due to our continued efforts to limit the use of subcontractors and travel-related expenses.

•

A net increase in other costs of service of $53.1 million, or 25.4%, from $209.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2002, to $262.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. This increase is primarily due to an increase in other costs of service resulting from the acquisitions completed in the first half of fiscal year 2003, partially offset by lower levels of bad debt expense and tighter controls on discretionary spending.

•

An impairment charge of $23.9 million ($20.8 million net of tax) recorded in the year ended June 30, 2002, primarily related to the write down of equity investments by $16.0 million and software licenses held for sale by $7.6 million.

Gross profit for the Public Services business unit declined to 32.0% of revenue in fiscal year 2003 from 35.4% of revenue in fiscal year 2002, principally due to higher solution development costs, coupled with an increase in compensation expense. Gross profit for the Communications & Content business unit increased to 32.2% of revenue in fiscal year 2003 from 29.9% of revenue in fiscal year 2002. The improvement in gross profit was principally due to reduced reliance on subcontractors in fiscal year 2003, as well as an impairment charge related to software licenses in fiscal year 2002. Gross profit for the Financial Services business unit increased to 29.3% of revenue in fiscal year 2003 from 20.3% of revenue in fiscal year 2002, principally due to revenue growth combined with overall declines in cost of service expense margins in fiscal year 2003. Gross profit for the Consumer, Industrial and Technology business unit declined to 27.1% of revenue in fiscal year 2003 from 30.1% of revenue in fiscal year 2002. The decline in gross profit was principally due to a decline in the gross billing rate, increased compensation as a result of the change in mix of resources, as well as the hiring of Andersen Business Consulting personnel.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue for our international operating segments improved during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. Gross profit for EMEA, Asia Pacific and Latin America improved to 19.2%, 16.7% and 31.8% of revenue in fiscal year 2003, respectively, compared to 11.9%, 8.7% and 7.3% of revenue in fiscal year 2002, respectively. The improvement in gross profit was principally due to higher revenue combined with reduced reliance on subcontractors and an overall decline in costs of service expense margins in fiscal year 2003.

Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets. Amortization of purchased intangible assets increased $41.7 million to $44.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2003, from $3.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. This increase in amortization expense primarily relates to $45.7 million of value of order backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships acquired as part of our acquisitions, which is being amortized over 12 to 15 months.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $91.3 million, or 19.6%, from $464.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2002, to $556.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. This increase is principally due to the impact of the acquisitions completed in the first half of fiscal year 2003 and $28.2 million in costs associated with our rebranding initiative, offset partially by reduced discretionary spending and current cost control initiatives. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of gross revenue improved to 17.7% compared to 19.6% for the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net, decreased $13.6 million to $12.7 million of net interest expense from $0.9 million of net interest income for the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002,

respectively. This increase in net interest expense is due to an increase in borrowings outstanding of $275.3 million from $1.8 million at June 30, 2002 to $277.2 million at June 30, 2003. The increase in borrowings is primarily due to our borrowing of $220.0 million in August 2002 under a short-term revolving credit facility, which was retired in November 2002 upon our completion of a private placement of $220.0 million in senior notes. Additionally, we have increased borrowings under our other credit facilities. We have used the borrowings primarily to finance a portion of the cost of our acquisitions completed during the first half of fiscal year 2003.

Income Tax Expense. For the year ended June 30, 2003, we earned income before taxes of $99.1 million and provided for income taxes of $57.8 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 58.3%. For the year ended June 30, 2002, we earned income before taxes of $134.6 million and provided for income taxes of $81.5 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 60.6%. Our effective tax rate continues to be negatively impacted because tax laws restrict the use of our foreign subsidiary losses to reduce our tax burden.

Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle. We early adopted SFAS No. 142 during the first quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 (as of July 1, 2001). This standard eliminated goodwill amortization upon adoption and required an assessment for goodwill impairment upon adoption and at least annually thereafter. As a result of adoption of this standard, we no longer amortize goodwill, and during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, we incurred a non-cash transitional impairment charge of $80.0 million (net of tax). This transitional impairment charge is a result of the change in accounting principle, which requires measuring impairments on a discounted rather than undiscounted cash flow basis.

Net Income (Loss). For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, we realized net income of $41.3 million, or $0.22 per share. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, we incurred a net loss of $26.9 million, or $0.17 loss per share. Included in the prior year’s results is the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $80.0 million (net of tax) and an impairment charge of $20.8 million (net of tax) related to the write down of equity investments and software licenses held for sale.

Year Ended June 30, 2002 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2001

Revenue. Revenue decreased $488.2 million, or 17.1%, from $2,855.8 million in the year ended June 30, 2001 (fiscal year 2001), to $2,367.6 million in the year ended June 30, 2002 (fiscal year 2002). This overall decrease was primarily attributable to a slower economy, which significantly impacted the Financial Services and Consumer, Industrial and Technology businesses with year-over-year declines of 50.4% and 38.8%, respectively. Public Services remained strong with growth of 10.9% and international revenue also grew by 32.8%, which was largely due to the acquisitions of the Australia and Southeast Asia consulting practices.

Gross Profit. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue improved slightly to 25.4% from 25.0% for the years ended June 30, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Despite the decrease in revenue discussed above, we were able to maintain our gross profit percentage as a result of our continued focus on expense control.

In dollar terms, gross profit decreased by $113.9 million, or 15.9%, from $714.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2001, to $600.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. The decrease in gross profit was due to a decline in revenue of $488.2 million described above, offset by:

•

A net decrease in professional compensation of $143.9 million, or 13.3%, to $940.8 million compared to $1,084.8 million in the prior year. This decrease was predominantly due to our reduction in workforce actions, taken in the second and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2002 and the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2001. Overall, our average billable headcount has declined from approximately 8,900 in fiscal year 2001 to 8,100 in fiscal year 2002. Additionally, incentive compensation accruals were also lower as a result of the decrease in our earnings.

•

A net decrease in other direct contract expenses of $159.3 million, or 21.2%, to $592.6 million, representing 25.0% of revenue, compared to $752.0 million, or 26.3% of revenue in the prior year. The

decline as a percentage of revenue was a direct result of our efforts to limit the use of subcontractors whenever possible, utilizing existing resources, and reduced travel-related expenses.

•

A net decrease in other costs of service of $87.2 million, or 29.4%, to $209.4 million from $296.5 million, was primarily due to a decrease in bad debt expense of $29.2 million, reduced training costs of $23.0 million, tighter controls on discretionary expenses, and reduced headcount.

•

During fiscal year 2002, we recorded an impairment charge of $23.9 million ($20.8 million net of tax) primarily to write down equity investments by $16.0 million and software licenses held for sale by $7.6 million. These charges eliminated our exposure to loss related to equity investments and software licenses held for sale. Our impairment charge of $7.8 million ($4.6 million net of tax) in fiscal year 2001 related to software licenses held for sale.

Amortization of Goodwill. Amortization of goodwill decreased by $18.2 million as a result of our election to early-adopt SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” which eliminated goodwill amortization.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses were $464.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. This reflects a decrease of $10.3 million, or 2.2%, from $475.1 million in fiscal year 2001, which was primarily due to lower levels of practice development expenses.

Interest Income. Interest income increased $0.8 million, or 31.8%, from $2.4 million during fiscal year 2001 to $3.1 million for fiscal year 2002. This increase was primarily due to our increase in short term investments due to an increase of $129.3 million in our cash and cash equivalents position to $222.6 million at June 30, 2002 from $93.3 million at June 30, 2001.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $14.9 million, or 86.9%, from $17.2 million to $2.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2001 and 2002, respectively. This decrease was due to a repayment of all outstanding borrowings under our credit facility during fiscal year 2001, resulting from the use of proceeds from our initial public offering, and improvements made in our management of client billings and collections. This improvement is evidenced by the further reduction in our days sales outstanding from 68 days at June 30, 2001 to 55 days at June 30, 2002.

Equity in Losses of Affiliate and Loss on Redemption of Equity Interest in Affiliate. For the year ended June 30, 2001, loss on redemption of equity interest in affiliate and equity losses of affiliate of $76.0 million related primarily to the redemption of our equity investment in QCS in December 2000.

Income Tax Expense. For the year ended June 30, 2002, we earned income before taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle of $134.6 million and provided income taxes of $81.5 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 60.6%. This rate was impacted by the non-deductibility of losses incurred by certain international operations as well as non-deductible impairment losses relating to equity investments. For the year ended June 30, 2001, we earned income before taxes of $136.8 million and provided income taxes of $101.9 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 74.5%. This rate was significantly impacted by the non-deductibility of the loss on redemption of equity interest in affiliate (QCS) coupled with non-deductible losses in certain international operations.

Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle. We elected to early-adopt SFAS No. 142 as of July 1, 2001. This standard eliminates goodwill amortization upon adoption and requires an assessment for goodwill impairment upon adoption and at least annually thereafter. As a result of adoption of this standard, we did not amortize goodwill during the year ended June 30, 2002, and incurred a non-cash transitional impairment charge of $80.0 million, net of tax. This transitional impairment charge was a result of the change in accounting principles to measuring impairments on a discounted versus an undiscounted cash flow basis.

Preferred Stock Dividends. Series A Preferred Stock dividends totaling $31.7 million were recorded in the year ended June 30, 2001. After December 31, 2000, we no longer were required to pay dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock because it was redeemed and converted in connection with our initial public offering.

Preferred Stock Conversion Discount. Our Series A Preferred Stock contained a beneficial conversion feature whereby the preferred stock could convert into common stock at a rate of between 75% and 80% of the initial public offering price. Based upon an initial public offering price of $18 per share, the net amount of this one-time non-cash beneficial conversion feature was $131.3 million.

Net Income (Loss) Applicable to Common Stockholders. For the year ended June 30, 2002, we incurred a net loss applicable to common stockholders of $26.9 million, or $0.17 per share. For the year ended June 30, 2001, we incurred a net loss applicable to common stockholders of $128.0 million, or $1.19 per share. Both periods’ results were impacted by significant one-time or nonrecurring charges, as described above.

Quarterly Summarized Financial Information

Restatement

The Company experienced significant activity for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. During this period, we considerably expanded our global presence adding consulting resources in eight additional countries through 15 purchase business acquisitions for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $800 million. In August 2003, we reported that we would restate our financial results for the first three quarters of fiscal year 2003. The restatements required us to amend our previously filed Form 10-Q’s for each of the quarterly periods within fiscal year 2003. The restatements occurred in the following general areas:

•

Purchase accounting resulting from the application of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and EITF 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination”;

•

Revenue recognition related to contract accounting and the application of SOP 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts”;

•

The accounting treatment of accrued liabilities and the use of estimated months to account for operations subsequent to certain international business acquisitions; and

•

The accounting treatment of stock awards and related shareholder notes.

In total these adjustments resulted in a decrease in previously reported net income and earnings per share in the first, second and third quarters of fiscal year 2003 of $2.9 million, or $0.02 per share, $1.8 million or $0.01 per share and $8.2 million, or $0.04 per share, respectively.

Summarized below is a more detailed discussion of the restatements.

Purchase Accounting

During the quarter ended September 30, 2002, we completed various acquisitions that were accounted for as purchase business acquisitions, resulting in approximately $26.4 million in identified intangible assets. These acquisitions included the purchase of KPMG Consulting AG, a substantial consulting practice in Germany, and the purchase of all or parts of a number of Andersen Business Consulting practices worldwide. We completed preliminary purchase price allocations to allocate the purchase prices to acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The excess of the cost of the acquired entities over the amounts assigned to the acquired assets and liabilities assumed was recognized as goodwill. As part of the initial purchase price allocation, value was ascribed to only contractual backlog (order backlog) and a trade name. This initial allocation was determined to be too low, and accordingly, an additional $20.8 million of value for identified intangible assets related to customer contracts and related customer relationships was allocated to these identified intangible assets with a corresponding reduction

to goodwill. The additional intangible assets are being amortized over useful lives ranging from 12 to 15 months. As a result, approximately $3.0 million, $4.2 million and $4.6 million of incremental amortization of purchased intangible assets was recorded in the quarters ended September 30, 2002, December 31, 2002 and March 31, 2003, respectively.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 we completed a series of restructurings related to many of our purchase business acquisitions increasing goodwill by approximately $2.2 million and $3.1 million for the quarters ended December 31, 2002 and March 31, 2003, respectively, for certain charges relating to exiting from leased facilities. It was determined that these charges did not satisfy the criteria to be included in purchase accounting in accordance with EITF 95-3, and were therefore deducted from goodwill and charged to costs of service.

Contract Accounting

In one of our international consulting practices, we identified an accumulation of work in process on our balance sheet. We identified approximately $0.9 million, $2.5 million and $2.4 million in revenue related to pre-contract activities that was inappropriately recognized in the quarters ended September 30, 2002, December 31, 2002 and March 31, 2003, respectively. As such, these amounts were reversed from revenue, as no contractual arrangement existed at the time the amounts were recorded and recovery of these costs was not considered probable.

In addition, we identified certain circumstances where the percentage-of-completion method as prescribed under SOP 81-1 was not appropriately applied. On a combined net basis, approximately $1.9 million and $2.4 million was reversed from revenue in the quarters ended September 30, 2002 and March 31, 2003, respectively, and approximately $8.5 million of additional revenue was recognized in the quarter ended December 31, 2002. In addition, costs of service was reduced by approximately $0.9 million and $1.1 million in the quarters ended September 30, 2002 and March 31, 2003, respectively, and increased by $0.2 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

Accruals

During fiscal year 2003, we recorded accrued liabilities for our fringe benefits based on cost factors associated with projected labor hours. During fiscal year 2003, we did not adjust the accrual as assumptions were revised. As a result, adjustments to correct the calculated fringe benefit accruals of approximately $0.8 million and $4.9 million reduced costs of service for the quarters ended September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2002, respectively, and increased costs of service by approximately $0.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2003.

In connection with an increase in our deductible for our professional indemnity insurance, we established an accrued liability of $2.2 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2003. This accrued liability was determined to be unwarranted and was therefore reversed, resulting in a reduction to selling, general and administrative expenses.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2003, we completed a number of business acquisitions. At the end of the first post-transaction fiscal reporting period (the quarter ended September 30, 2002), certain of the entities were not able to close their books on a timely basis for U.S. public reporting purposes. As a result, in an effort to conform to a fiscal year convention, we recorded an “estimated month” income statement and a net asset or liability account on the balance sheet for those entities. We restated the respective quarters on a conforming fiscal period end, and have eliminated the effect of the “estimated month.” We reduced revenue by $12.5 million and $4.5 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2002, respectively, and increased revenue by $2.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2003; decreased costs of service by $10.5 million and $1.4 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2002, respectively, and increased costs of service by $4.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2003; reduced selling, general and administrative

expenses by $1.3 million and $0.6 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2002 and March 31, 2003, respectively, and increased selling, general and administrative expenses by $0.4 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

Stock awards and shareholders’ notes

We initially accounted for certain stock awards in prior years as fixed plan grants, with related payments to the respective employees for tax liabilities accounted for as interest-bearing shareholder notes. The initial accounting was revised to treat the awards as a variable grant. The revision did not have a material impact on the statements of operations for any prior periods and therefore prior years financial statements were not restated. Instead, the aggregate effect of the revised accounting was reflected as adjustments to additional paid-in capital, retained earnings (accumulated deficit) and notes receivable from stockholders as of July 1, 2002. In addition, under the revised accounting, reserves recorded against the shareholder notes during the quarters ended September 30, 2002, December 31, 2002, and March 31, 2003 were not necessary and were reversed decreasing selling, general and administrative expenses by approximately $1.5 million, $2.3 million and $2.3 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2002, December 31, 2002, and March 31, 2003, respectively.

Other adjustments impacting net income

Other adjustments that were recorded were identified through both timely quarterly reviews as well as during the year-end closing process and ordinary course of the audit. These adjustments were not material either individually or in the aggregate to income before taxes.

Reclassifications not impacting net income

Statement of operations reclassification adjustments were identified through both timely quarterly reviews as well as during the year-end closing process and ordinary course of the audit. The reclassifications were made to conform the amounts previously reported to the restated presentations. These reclassifications did not impact net income.

Statement of Operations

The following table presents unaudited quarterly financial information for each of the last eleven quarters. In management’s opinion, the quarterly information contains all adjustments necessary to fairly present such information. As a professional services organization, we anticipate and respond to service demands from our clients. Accordingly, we have limited control over the timing and circumstances under which our services are provided. Therefore, we may experience variability in our operating results from quarter to quarter. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.


	March 31, 2004			Dec. 31, 2003			Sept. 30, 2003			June 30, 2003			Mar. 31, 2003			Dec. 31, 2002			Sept. 30, 2002			June 30, 2002		Mar. 31, 2002			Dec. 31, 2001		Sept. 30, 2001
	(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Revenue	$	861,041		$	811,473		$	742,958		$	780,135		$	818,870		$	807,573		$	732,699		$	583,213	$	582,305		$	593,218	$	608,891

Costs of service:
Costs of service		703,439			643,209			596,512			598,131			638,610			609,307			560,366			421,363		418,782			457,789		444,927
Lease and facilities charge		3,572			2,483			59,203			9,715			5,612			—			2,265			—		—			—		—
Impairment charge		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			21,414		—			2,500		—

Total costs of service		707,011			645,692			655,715			607,846			644,222			609,307			562,631			442,777		418,782			460,289		444,927

Gross profit		154,030			165,781			87,243			172,289			174,648			198,266			170,068			140,436		163,523			132,929		163,964
Amortization of purchased intangible assets		1,095			2,545			8,106			12,972			12,396			11,321			8,013			1,004		1,005			1,005		—
Goodwill impairment charge		—			127,326			—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—		—
Selling, general and administrative expenses		137,930			144,347			129,428			130,990			141,526			149,810			133,771			118,646		112,990			113,985		119,185

Operating income (loss)		15,005			(108,437	)		(50,291	)		28,327			20,726			37,135			28,284			20,786		49,528			17,939		44,779
Interest/Other income (expense), net		(4,954	)		(2,433	)		(1,775	)		(4,777	)		(6,014	)		(3,159	)		(1,456	)		2,006		(54	)		202		(600	)

Income (loss) before taxes		10,051			(110,870	)		(52,066	)		23,550			14,712			33,976			26,828			22,792		49,474			18,141		44,179
Income tax expense (benefit)		7,898			15,713			(12,882	)		13,244			10,571			19,427			14,517			22,388		25,726			11,547		21,863

Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		2,153			(126,583	)		(39,184	)		10,306			4,141			14,549			12,311			404		23,748			6,594		22,316
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		(529	)		—			—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—		(79,960	)

Net income (loss)	$	1,624		$	(126,583	)	$	(39,184	)	$	10,306		$	4,141		$	14,549		$	12,311		$	404	$	23,748		$	6,594	$	(57,644	)

Net income (loss) per share—basic and diluted	$	0.01		$	(0.65	)	$	(0.20	)	$	0.05		$	0.02		$	0.08		$	0.07		$	—	$	0.15		$	0.04	$	(0.36	)

Stock Price
High	$	11.30		$	10.25		$	11.25		$	10.80		$	8.60		$	9.02		$	15.01		$	21.41	$	21.49		$	19.03	$	15.50
Low	$	9.50		$	7.90		$	6.75		$	5.80		$	5.78		$	5.03		$	5.35		$	12.50	$	15.55		$	10.00	$	9.11

Obligations and Commitments

As of March 31, 2004, we had the following obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts, contractual obligations and commercial commitments:


			Payment due by period
Contractual Obligations	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		After 5 years
			(in thousands)
Long-term debt(1)	$	356,568	$	26,209	$	178,988	$	151,371	$	—
Operating leases		476,909		63,849		149,032		111,963		152,065
Outsourcing services agreement		16,875		8,438		8,437		—		—
Reduction in workforce		898		898		—		—		—

Total	$	851,250	$	99,394	$	336,457	$	263,334	$	152,065

(1)	Long-term debt includes both principal and interest payment obligations.

As of December 31, 2003, we had the following obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts, contractual obligations and commercial commitments:


			Payment due by period
Contractual Obligations	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		After 5 years
	(in thousands)
Long-term debt(1)	$	298,730	$	24,170	$	120,763	$	153,797	$	—
Operating leases		557,339		82,598		162,915		125,094		186,732
Outsourcing services agreement		19,688		11,250		8,438		—		—
Reduction in workforce		2,338		2,338		—		—		—

Total	$	878,095	$	120,356	$	292,116	$	278,891	$	186,732

(1)	Long-term debt includes both principal and interest payment obligations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, borrowings available under our various existing credit facilities and existing cash balances. At March 31, 2004, we had a cash balance of $116.8 million, which has decreased by $5.9 million from a cash balance of $122.7 million at December 31, 2003. Our December 31, 2003 cash balance increased $0.9 million from a cash balance of $121.8 million at June 30, 2003.

Net cash used in operating activities during the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $60.3 million, an increase of $30.1 million over the three months ended March 31, 2003. This increase was due to a $7.0 million change in operating assets and liabilities, as well as a $23.2 million decrease in cash operating results (which consists of net income adjusted for changes in deferred income taxes, stock awards, depreciation and amortization, and the lease and facilities charge). The change in operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of the timing of our collection of accounts receivable, offset by the timing of employee benefit payments and the timing of our payments to vendors. Our days sales outstanding increased from 69 days at March 31, 2003 to 74 days at March 31, 2004. Days sales outstanding represents the trailing twelve months revenue divided by 365 days, which is divided into the consolidated accounts receivable, unbilled revenue and deferred revenue balances to arrive at days sales outstanding at a point in time.

Net cash provided by operating activities during the six months ended December 31, 2003 was $43.6 million, an increase of $3.1 million over the six months ended December 31, 2002. This increase was due to a $17.4 million change in operating assets and liabilities, offset by a $14.3 million decrease in cash operating results (which consists of net income adjusted for changes in deferred income taxes, stock awards, depreciation and amortization, goodwill impairment and the lease and facilities charge). The change in operating assets and

liabilities was primarily the result of an improvement of our collection of accounts receivable and the timing of our payments to vendors, offset by the timing of employee benefit payments. Our days sales outstanding improved to 67 days at December 31, 2003 compared to 73 days at December 31, 2002.

Net cash used in investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $20.4 million, due to purchases of property and equipment, including internal use software, incurred as part of our continued infrastructure build-out. Net cash used in investing activities decreased $8.3 million when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2003, resulting from $2.2 million of cash paid for acquisitions and a higher level of spending on property and equipment during the three months ended March 31, 2003. We expect to continue to make additional investments in property and equipment as we further implement a new North American financial accounting system during the second quarter of calendar year 2004 and continue the build-out of our infrastructure and support capabilities in connection with the winding down of the transition services agreement with KPMG LLP.

Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended December 31, 2003 was $34.9 million, due to purchases of property and equipment, including internal use software, incurred as part of our continued infrastructure build-out. Net cash used in investing activities decreased $448.3 million when compared to the six months ended December 31, 2002, resulting from $420.6 million of cash paid for acquisitions and a higher level of spending on property and equipment during the six months ended December 31, 2002.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $75.2 million, due to proceeds from borrowings, net of repayments, of $58.9 million, $13.1 million received in exchange for the issuance of common stock primarily relating to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan and a $3.1 million net increase in book overdrafts. For the three months ended March 31, 2003, we had net cash provided by financing activities of $48.0 million principally due to proceeds from borrowings and the issuance of common stock relating to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended December 31, 2003 was $12.6 million, due to net repayment of borrowings of $31.3 million, offset by $10.5 million received in exchange for the issuance of common stock primarily relating to our employee stock purchase plan and a $8.2 million net increase in book overdrafts. For the six months ended December 31, 2002, we had net cash provided by financing activities of $293.6 million principally due to proceeds from borrowings used to fund a portion of our acquisitions during the six months ended December 31, 2002.

We have borrowing arrangements available including a revolving credit facility with an outstanding balance of $66.0 million at March 31, 2004 and $4.0 million at December 31, 2003 (not to exceed $250.0 million), and an accounts receivable financing facility with no outstanding balance at March 31, 2004 and at December 31, 2003 (not to exceed $150.0 million). The $250.0 million revolving credit facility expires on May 29, 2005, and borrowings under this facility are not due until that time; however, management may choose to repay these borrowings at any time prior to that date. The accounts receivable purchase agreement permits sales of accounts receivable through May 20, 2005. The accounts receivable purchase agreement is accounted for as a financing transaction; accordingly, it is not an off-balance sheet financing arrangement.

The $250.0 million revolving credit facility includes affirmative, negative and financial covenants, including, among others, covenants restricting our ability to incur liens and indebtedness, purchase our securities, and pay dividends and requiring us to maintain a minimum level of net worth ($898.1 million as of March 31, 2004), maintain fixed charge coverage of at least 1.25 to 1.00 (as defined) and maintain a leverage ratio not to exceed 2.50 to 1.00 (as defined). In November 2003 and March 2004, we entered into two amendments to this credit facility, which, among other things, modified certain definitions that are used in the covenants and incorporated three additional covenants from the Senior Notes—minimum consolidated net worth, minimum fixed charge coverage and maximum leverage ratio. These additional covenants are discussed in the following paragraph that relates to the Senior Notes. We are in compliance with the financial ratios, covenants and other

restrictions imposed by this credit facility. The credit facility contains customary events of default and a default (i) upon the acquisition by a person or group of beneficial ownership of 30% or more of our common stock, or (ii) if within a period of six calendar months, a majority of the officers of our executive committee cease to serve on our executive committee, and their terminations or departures materially affect our business. The accounts receivable purchase agreement contains covenants that are consistent with our $250.0 million revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility and the accounts receivable purchase agreement cross default in certain circumstances, to each other and to other debt, including the Senior Notes.

In November 2002, we completed a private placement of $220.0 million in aggregate principal Senior Notes. The offering consisted of $29.0 million of 5.95% Series A Senior Notes due November 2005, $46.0 million of 6.43% Series B Senior Notes due November 2006 and $145.0 million of 6.71% Series C Senior Notes due November 2007. The Senior Notes include affirmative, negative and financial covenants, including among others, covenants restricting our ability to incur liens and indebtedness and purchase our securities, and requiring us to maintain a minimum level of net worth ($848.0 million as of March 31, 2004), maintain fixed charge coverage of at least 2.00 to 1.00 (as defined), and maintain a leverage ratio not to exceed 2.50 to 1.00 (as defined). We are in compliance with the financial ratios, covenants and other restrictions imposed by the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes contain customary events of default, including cross defaults, which apply in certain circumstances, to our revolving credit facility and accounts receivable purchase agreement and our other debt. The proceeds from the sale of these Senior Notes were used to completely repay our short-term revolving credit facility of $220.0 million, which was scheduled to mature on December 15, 2002.

On January 31, 2003, our Japanese subsidiary entered into a new 2 billion yen-denominated term loan. Scheduled principal payments are every six months through July 31, 2005 in the amount of 334.0 million yen and include a final payment of 330.0 million yen on January 31, 2006. The term loan is unsecured, does not contain any financial covenants, and is not guaranteed by us. At March 31, 2004, the balance outstanding under the 2 billion yen-denominated term loan is approximately 1.33 billion yen (approximately $12.8 million). In connection with this line of credit, we agreed to seek consent of the lender prior to reducing our interest in the subsidiary-borrower below 100%.

On June 30, 2003, our Japanese subsidiary entered into a new 1 billion yen-denominated term loan. Scheduled principal payments are every six months through December 31, 2005 in the amount of 167.0 million yen and include a final payment of 165.0 million yen on June 30, 2006. The term loan is unsecured, does not contain financial covenants, and is not guaranteed by us. At March 31, 2004, the balance outstanding under the 1 billion yen-denominated term loan is 833.0 million yen (approximately $8.0 million). In connection with this line of credit, we agreed to seek consent of the lender prior to reducing our interest in the subsidiary-borrower below 100%.

We have additional borrowing arrangements available through our Japanese subsidiary; including a 1.35 billion yen-denominated revolving line of credit facility (approximately $13.0 million as of March 31, 2004) and a 0.5 billion yen-denominated overdraft line of credit facility (approximately $4.8 million as of March 31, 2004). The facilities, which mature on August 31, 2004, are unsecured, do not contain financial covenants and are not guaranteed by us. As of March 31, 2004, there were no borrowings outstanding under the facilities.

Our liquidity may also be affected by our transition services agreement with KPMG LLP. Under the transition services agreement with KPMG LLP (which terminated on February 8, 2004 for most non-technology services and terminates no later than February 8, 2005 for technology-related services and certain non-technology related services), we contracted to receive certain infrastructure support services from KPMG LLP until we complete the build-out of our own infrastructure. If we terminate services prior to the end of the term for such services, we may be obligated to pay KPMG LLP termination costs, as defined in the transition services agreement, incurred as a result of KPMG LLP winding down and terminating such services. We and KPMG LLP have agreed that during the term of the transition services agreement the parties will work together to minimize any termination costs (including transitioning personnel and contracts from KPMG LLP to our Company), and we will wind down our receipt of services from KPMG LLP and develop our own internal infrastructure and support capabilities or seek third party providers of such services.

During fiscal year 2002, we and KPMG LLP agreed that we would pay termination costs for certain services relating to human resources, training, purchasing, facilities management and knowledge management of $1.0 million. In August 2002, we reached a settlement with KPMG LLP relating to a dispute about the determination of costs under the transition services agreement, resulting in KPMG LLP paying us $8.4 million. During the year ended June 30, 2003, we terminated certain human resources services for which we were charged $1.1 million in termination costs. During the year ended June 30, 2003, we also recovered $2.1 million as a result of our review of KPMG LLP’s charges for fiscal year 2002 and related adjustments to the charges for fiscal year 2003. During the six months ended December 31, 2003, we terminated certain technology services for which we were charged $3.2 million in termination costs. In addition, we recovered $2.0 million as a result of our review of KPMG LLP’s charges for fiscal year 2003 and related adjustments to the charges for the six months ended December 31, 2003. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, there were no charges.

Effective October 1, 2002, we and KPMG LLP entered into an Outsourcing Services Agreement under which KPMG LLP provides certain services relating to office space that were previously provided under the transition services agreement. The services will be provided for three years at a cost that is less than the cost for comparable services under the transition services agreement. Additionally, KPMG LLP has agreed that there will be no termination costs with respect to the office-related services at the end of the three-year term of the Outsourcing Services Agreement.

Effective February 9, 2004, we and KPMG LLP entered into a Field Technology Support Services agreement under which KPMG LLP provides certain office based technology support services to the Company’s U.S. offices. Services under the Field Technology Support Services agreement will be provided for a term of one year (with an option to renew for an additional year) at a cost that is less than the cost for comparable services which previously were provided under the transition services agreement.

At this time there are no terminated services for which termination costs remain unknown. The amount of termination costs that we will pay to KPMG LLP depends upon the timing of service terminations, the ability of the parties to work together to minimize the costs, and the amount of payments required under existing contracts with third parties for services provided to us by KPMG LLP and which can continue to be obtained directly by us thereafter. The amount of termination costs that we will pay to KPMG LLP under the transition services agreement with respect to services that are terminated after March 31, 2004 cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. We believe that the amount of termination costs yet to be assessed will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, cash flows, or liquidity. Whether such amounts could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in a particular quarter or fiscal year cannot be determined at this time.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, we purchased from KPMG LLP $32.4 million of leasehold improvements. We made no additional purchases of capital assets from KPMG LLP during the six months ended December 31, 2003. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, we purchased from KPMG LLP $1.5 million of equipment. Based on information currently available, we anticipate paying KPMG LLP approximately $40.0 million to $60.0 million for the sale and transfer of additional capital assets (such as computer equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements). Currently we are charged for the use of such capital assets by usage charges that are included in the monthly costs under the transition services agreement.

During the first half of fiscal year 2003, we significantly expanded our international operations through acquisitions. Some of our acquired operations had pre-existing defined benefit pension plans, and as such we have become the sponsor of these plans. We use the actuarial models required by SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” to account for our pension plans. Our pension plans include both funded and unfunded noncontributory defined benefit pension plans that provide benefits based on years of service and salary. As of December 31, 2003, the projected benefit obligation for our defined benefit pension plans was $88.9 million, of which $66.2 million represents the unfunded portion of this liability. We also sponsor an unfunded postretirement medical plan. This plan is accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” which requires the Company to accrue for future postretirement medical benefits. As of December 31, 2003, the net liability for our postretirement medical

benefits was $6.9 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, there have been no material changes in our defined benefit pension and postretirement medical plans. See Note 13, “Pension and Postretirement Benefits,” in the Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2004 in this prospectus.

In the normal course of business, we have indemnified third parties and have commitments and guarantees under which we may be required to make payments in certain circumstances. These indemnities, commitments and guarantees include: indemnities of KPMG LLP with respect to the consulting business that was transferred to us in January 2000; indemnities to third parties in connection with performance bonds; indemnities to various lessors in connection with facility leases; indemnities to customers related to intellectual property and performance of services subcontracted to other providers; and indemnities to directors and officers under the organizational documents of the Company. The duration of these indemnities, commitments and guarantees varies, and in certain cases, is indefinite. Certain of these indemnities, commitments and guarantees do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make. As of March 31, 2004, we have approximately $151.1 million of outstanding bid and performance bonds and $34.8 million of outstanding letters of credit for which we may be required to make future payment. We have never incurred material costs to settle claims or defend lawsuits related to these indemnities, commitments and guarantees. As a result, the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, no liabilities have been recorded for these agreements as of March 31, 2004.

We continue to actively manage client billings and collections and maintain tight controls over discretionary spending. We believe that the cash provided from operations, borrowings available under the various existing credit facilities, and existing cash balances will be sufficient to meet working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. We also believe that we will generate enough cash from operations, have sufficient borrowing capacity under the various existing credit facilities (including the $250.0 million revolving credit facility) and have sufficient access to the capital markets to meet our long-term liquidity needs.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2002, the EITF issued a final consensus on Issue 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables,” which addresses how to account for arrangements that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets. Issue 00-21 limits the amount of revenue that can be allocated to a delivered element to the amount that is not contingent on future delivery of another element. If the amount of non-contingent revenue allocated to a delivered element is less than the costs to deliver such services, then such costs are deferred and recognized in future periods when the revenue becomes non-contingent. Issue 00-21 was effective prospectively for arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. Companies may also elect to apply the provisions of Issue 00-21 to existing arrangements and record the income statement impact as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. Effective July 1, 2003, we adopted Issue 00-21 on a prospective basis. The adoption of Issue 00-21 did not have a significant impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 was effective for instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and was otherwise effective for our quarter ended September 30, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” as amended by FIN No. 46 (R) in December 2003. FIN No. 46 (R) requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary if the entity does not effectively disperse risk among the parties involved. The provisions of FIN No. 46 (R) are effective for the quarter ended December 31, 2003 for special purpose entities. The provisions are effective for all variable interest entities for the quarter ending March 31, 2004. The Company does not currently have any variable interest entities as defined in FIN No. 46

(R). Consequently, the adoption of FIN No. 46 (R) had no material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Internal Controls

We have made significant improvements in our internal controls over financial reporting since July 1, 2003 (including during the quarter ended December 31, 2003), and we have resolved the material weaknesses reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2003. In that Form 10-K, we reported that, as of June 30, 2003, there were material weaknesses, though the consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2003 fairly presented, in all material respects, our financial condition and results of operations. The material weaknesses related to financial review and analysis at the corporate/consolidation and certain local reporting levels, primarily with respect to the Germanic region. We have addressed this issue by establishing procedures and policies to strengthen the internal control structure. As a result, these are no longer material weaknesses, but are considered to be reportable conditions.

In addition, we reported that, as of June 30, 2003, there were reportable conditions relating to protocol and documentation for reviewing and assessing contract revenue recognition; monitoring of unusual Work in Process activity; lack of a formal documented policy relating to evidence of a contractual arrangement with respect to revenue recognition based on local legal requirements; cross-training of employees for key finance and accounting positions; and documentation for certain critical, significant and judgmental accounting areas. Again, we have devoted significant resources to these issues, and the only matters that continue to be reportable conditions are those relating to the review of accumulated Work in Process and percentage of completion balances for outstanding contracts, documentation of contract terms of arrangement, and overall financial review and analysis. We continue to place the highest priority on improvement of the procedures and controls and are confident that these issues will be resolved in a timely manner.

Finally, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has identified, as of December 31, 2003, a material weakness relating to the timely accrual of certain costs associated with subcontractors. The accrual of those subcontractor costs had minimal impact on net income. The accruals do affect revenue, other direct contract expenses and certain balance sheet items. All necessary adjustments have been made to our consolidated financial statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003, and management is confident that the consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, our financial condition and results of operation for that period. The prior period impact of these adjustments was immaterial. We have determined that we have adequate written procedures with respect to the accrual of costs associated with subcontractors and will reinforce compliance with those procedures by its personnel. We have further taken steps to strengthen the procedures and to assure that its personnel follow the appropriate procedures in the future. In addition, we recently have implemented a new financial accounting system that contains a number of additional controls relating to the accrual of subcontractor costs. We are confident that these actions resolve the material weakness.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our market sensitive financial instruments include fixed and variable interest rate U.S. dollar denominated debt and variable rate Japanese yen denominated debt. For additional information refer to Note 7, “Notes Payable,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus. The use of derivative financial instruments has been limited to treasury lock instruments, which were entered into in order to secure the interest rate of our private placement senior notes. All treasury lock instruments were settled as of November 6, 2002.

The table below presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates for our market sensitive financial instruments as of December 31, 2003. There have been no material changes in our market risk exposure during the three months ended March 31, 2004:


	Expected Maturity Date Year ended December 31, (In thousands U.S. Dollars, except interest rates)
Interest Rate Risk	2004		2005		2006		2007		2008	Total		Fair Value
Japanese Yen Functional Currency
Third party Japanese Yen denominated debt—variable rate	9,345		9,345		4,617		—		—	23,307		23,307
Average interest rate	1.5	%	1.5	%	1.5	%	—		—	1.5	%
U.S. Dollar Functional Currency
Third party Structured notes—variable rate	—		29,000		46,000		145,000		—	220,000		232,052
Average interest rate	—		4.0	%	4.5	%	5.0	%	—	4.8	%
U.S. Dollar Functional Currency
Third party revolving credit facility—variable rate	—		4,000		—		—		—	4,000		4,000
Average interest rate	—		2.4	%	—		—		—	2.4	%

BUSINESS

Overview

We were incorporated as a business corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware in August 1999. Our principal offices are located at 1676 International Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102-4828. Our main telephone number is 703-747-3000. We were previously part of KPMG LLP, one of the former “Big 5” accounting tax firms. In January 2000, KPMG LLP transferred its consulting business to us. In February 2001, we completed our initial public offering, and on February 8, 2001, our common stock began to trade on the Nasdaq National Market. On October 2, 2002, we changed our name to BearingPoint, Inc. In connection with our name change, we moved to the New York Stock Exchange and began trading on October 3, 2002 under the new ticker symbol “BE.”

We are a large business consulting, systems integration and managed services firm serving large multi-national Global 2000 companies, medium-sized businesses, government agencies and other organizations. We provide business and technology strategy, systems design, architecture, applications implementation, network infrastructure, systems integration and managed services. Our service offerings are designed to help our clients generate revenue, reduce costs and access the information necessary to operate their business on a timely basis.

Industry Groups

Our focus on specific industries provides us with the ability to tailor our service offerings to reflect our understanding of the marketplaces in which our clients operate. Through June 30, 2003, we provided consulting services through five industry groups in which we have significant industry-specific knowledge. Effective July 1, 2003, we combined our Consumer and Industrial Markets and High Technology industry groups to form the Consumer, Industrial and Technology industry group. Our industry groups are as follows:

•

Public Services assists public clients in process improvement, enterprise resource planning, managed services and Internet integration service offerings. This group also provides financial and economic advisory services to governments, corporations and financial institutions around the world. Our public services clients include federal government agencies, national, provincial, state and local governments, and private and public higher education institutions. In addition, this group provides services to public service healthcare agencies and private sector payor and provider companies.

•

Communications & Content provides financial, operational and technical services to wireline and wireless communications carriers, public and private utilities, cable system operators and media and entertainment service providers. Our services assist clients with business strategy development, business process flow optimization, technology integration and asset preservation.

•

Financial Services focuses on delivering strategic, operational and technology services, including new, component-based business and technical architectures that leverage existing application systems and e-business strategies and development, delivered through consumer and wholesale lines of business. Our clients in the financial services sector include banking, insurance, securities, real estate, hospitality and professional services institutions.

•

Consumer, Industrial and Technology designs and delivers solutions to assist clients with business challenges such as pressure to reduce costs, industry consolidation, global competition and accelerated time-to-market. To meet these challenges, we support our clients by implementing enterprise systems and business processes, improving supply chain efficiency and visibility, capturing and integrating customer needs in customer management solutions, and implementing alternative business and systems

strategies such as managed services. We provide our clients with actionable blueprints and experience in project management. We transfer knowledge to support the current and future business initiatives of our clients. Our Consumer, Industrial and Technology practice offers solutions to the Global 2000 and mid-market clients in these sectors: consumer; resources; and industrial/auto/technology.

For financial information about our segments, please see Note 3, “Segment Reporting,” of the Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and Note 21, “Segment Reporting,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus.

International Operations

We have multinational operations covering North America, Latin America, the Asia Pacific region, and Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”). We utilize this multinational network to provide consistent integrated services to our clients throughout the world.

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and for the six months ended December 31, 2003, our international operations represented 31.0% and 32.1%, respectively, of our business (measured in revenue dollars), compared to 29.8%, 8.0% and 5.0% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

For additional information regarding our international acquisitions, see “Overview” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 6, “Acquisitions,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus.

Our Joint Marketing Relationships

As of March 31, 2004, we had approximately 60 joint marketing relationships with key technology providers that support and complement our service offerings. We have created joint marketing relationships to enhance our ability to provide our clients with high value services. Our joint marketing relationships typically entail some combination of commitments regarding joint marketing, sales collaboration, training and service offering development.

Our most significant joint marketing and product development relationships are with Cisco Systems, Inc., Oracle Corporation, PeopleSoft, Inc., Microsoft Corporation, SAP AG, and Siebel Systems, Inc. We work together to develop comprehensive solutions to common business issues, offer the expertise required to deliver those solutions, develop new products, capitalize on joint marketing opportunities and remain at the forefront of technology advances. These joint marketing agreements help us to generate revenue since they provide a source of referrals and the ability to jointly target specific accounts.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive and rapidly changing market and compete with a variety of organizations that offer services similar to those we offer. The market in which we operate includes a variety of participants, including specialized e-business consulting firms, systems consulting and implementation firms, former “Big 5” and other large accounting and consulting firms, application software firms providing implementation and modification services, service and consulting groups of computer equipment companies, outsourcing companies, systems integration companies, aerospace and defense contractors and general management consulting firms.

Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources, generate greater revenue and have greater name recognition than we do. The competitive landscape is experiencing rapid changes. Over the past few years, some of the former “Big 5” accounting and consulting firms have sold their consulting businesses and another completed its initial public offering. These changes in our marketplace may create potentially larger and better capitalized competitors with enhanced abilities to attract and retain professionals. We also compete with our clients’ internal resources.

Our revenue is derived from Global 2000 companies, medium-sized companies, governmental organizations and other large enterprises. There is an increasing number of professional services firms competing for

consulting engagements with these companies. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the consulting industry in which we operate include scope of services, service delivery approach, technical and industry expertise, perception of value added, objectivity of advice given, focus on achieving results, availability of appropriate resources and global reach.

Our ability to compete also depends in part on several factors beyond our control, including the ability of our competitors to hire, retain and motivate skilled professionals, the price at which others offer comparable services and our competitors’ responsiveness. There is a significant risk that this increased competition will adversely affect our financial results in the future.

Intellectual Property

Our success has resulted in part from our methodologies and other proprietary intellectual property rights. We rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws to protect our proprietary rights and rights of third parties from whom we license intellectual property. We also enter into confidentiality and intellectual property agreements with our employees that limit the distribution of proprietary information. We currently have only a limited ability to protect our important intellectual property rights. We have only three issued patents in the United States to protect our products or methods of doing business.

Seasonality

Typically, client service hours, which translate into chargeable hours and directly affect revenue, are reduced during the second half of the calendar year (i.e., July 1 through December 31) due to the larger number of holidays and vacation time taken by our employees and our clients.

Customer Dependence

During the three months ended March 31, 2004, six months ended December 31, 2003 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, our revenue from the U.S. federal government, a customer in our Public Services segment, was $267.7 million, $424.7 million, $719.0 million, $606.1 million and $482.1 million, respectively, representing 31.1%, 27.3%, 22.9%, 25.6% and 16.9% of our total revenue. A loss of all of our contracts with the United States federal government would have a material adverse effect on our business. While most of our government agency clients have the ability to unilaterally terminate their contracts, our relationships are generally not with political appointees, and we have not historically experienced a loss of federal government business with a change of administration. For more information regarding risks associated with U.S. government contracts, see “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

Backlog

Although our level of bookings is an indication of how our business is performing, we do not characterize our bookings, or our engagement contracts associated with new bookings, as backlog because our engagements can generally be cancelled or terminated on short notice.

Employees

Our future growth and success largely depends upon our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees, particularly professionals with the advanced information technology skills necessary to perform the

services we offer. Our professionals possess significant industry experience, understand the latest technology, and build productive business relationships. We are committed to the long-term development of our employees, and will continue to dedicate significant resources to our hiring, training and career advancement programs. We strive to reinforce our employees’ commitment to our clients, culture and values through a comprehensive performance review system and a competitive compensation philosophy that rewards individual performance and teamwork.

As of March 31, 2004, we had approximately 15,300 full-time employees, including approximately 13,400 full-time professional consultants.

Financial Information About Geographic Areas.

Information about geographic areas is incorporated herein by reference to Note 3, “Segment Reporting,” of the Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and Note 21, “Segment Information,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus. For a discussion of risks associated with our international operations, see “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

Compliance with Environmental Laws

Federal, state and local statutes and regulations relating to the protection of the environment have had no material adverse effect on our operating results or competitive position, and we anticipate that they will have no material adverse effect on our future operating results or competitive position in the industry.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters is located in McLean, Virginia. This facility has approximately 235,000 square feet of office space. As of March 31, 2004, we leased approximately 1.6 million square feet of office space in approximately 88 locations throughout the United States. Some of the spaces we occupy are used for specific client contracts or development activities while administrative personnel and professional service personnel use other spaces. In addition, as of March 31, 2004, we had approximately 74 locations in Latin America, Canada, the Asia Pacific region and Europe, the Middle East and Africa with approximately 1.2 million additional square feet of office space. All office space referred to above is leased under operating leases that expire over the next 10 years. Portions of office space are sublet under operating lease agreements, which expire during the next 10 years. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for at least the next 12 months.

On August 14, 2003, we announced our plan to reduce our global office space usage in order to eliminate excess capacity and to align global office space usage with the current workforce and needs of the business. We expect to incur total lease and facility related charges of approximately $70 million - $74 million, of which $65.3 million has been incurred to date. For additional information regarding the lease and facilities charges see Note 11, “Reduction in Workforce and Lease and Facilities Charges,” of the Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and Note 20, “Reduction in Workforce and Other Charges,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus.

Legal Proceedings

Since August 14, 2003, various separate complaints purporting to be class actions were filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia alleging that we and certain of our officers violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The complaints contain varying allegations, including that we made materially misleading statements with respect to our financial results for the first three quarters of fiscal year 2003 in our SEC filings and press releases. Plaintiffs’ Amended Consolidated Complaint was filed on December 31, 2003. Defendants’ Motion to Dismiss was filed on February 10, 2004. On March 31, 2004, the parties filed a stipulation requesting that the Court approve a settlement of this matter for $1.7 million, all of

which is to be paid by our insurer. On April 2, 2004, the Court considered and gave preliminary approval to the proposed settlement. Notice of the settlement has been sent to the purported class of shareholders.

In addition to the matters referred to above, we are from time to time the subject of lawsuits and other claims and regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We do not expect that any of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Additional information regarding our legal proceedings is incorporated by reference herein from Note 12, “Commitments and Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus.

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Our executive officers and directors, and their respective ages and positions, are set forth below:


Name	Age	Position
Randolph C. Blazer	53	Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
David W. Black	42	Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Michael J. Donahue	45	Group Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Robert S. Falcone	57	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Nathan H. Peck, Jr.	50	Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer
Bradley J. Schwartz	46	Group Executive Vice President, Worldwide Client Service
Douglas C. Allred	53	Director
Betsy J. Bernard	48	Director
Wolfgang Kemna	46	Director
Albert L. Lord	58	Director
Roderick C. McGeary	53	Director
Afshin Mohebbi	41	Director
Alice M. Rivlin	73	Director
J. Terry Strange	60	Director

Executive Officers

Mr. Blazer has served as the Chairman of our board of directors since February 2001 and as our Chief Executive Officer and President since April 2000. From 1997 until April 2000, Mr. Blazer served as a member of a two-person executive team (including as Co-Vice Chairman of consulting for KPMG LLP from January 1997 to August 1999 and as Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President of the Company from August 1999 until April 2000) that directed all Company services, managing its consulting professionals within various industry lines of business around the world. From 1991 until 1997, Mr. Blazer served as partner-in-charge of KPMG LLP’s public sector consulting practice, where he oversaw all consulting products and service offerings for the line of business serving federal, state and local governments and higher education institutions. Mr. Blazer joined KPMG LLP in 1977 as a consulting professional in the Washington, D.C. office. Mr. Blazer received a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from Western Maryland College and a Masters of Business Administration degree from the University of Kentucky.

Mr. Black has served as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since April 2000. Previously, he was Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Affiliated Computer Services, Inc., an information technology outsourcing firm, from 1995 until 2000.

Mr. Donahue has served as our Group Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since April 2000. Previously, he was Managing Partner, Solutions for KPMG LLP from 1997 until 2000.

Mr. Falcone has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2003. Previously, he was a financial consultant to early stage enterprises from March 2002 to March 2003, and Chief Financial Officer for 800.com, a telecommunications company, from 2000 until 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Falcone was a private investor from January 1998 to January 2002, and Chief Financial Officer at Nike, Inc., a footwear and apparel manufacturer, from 1992 until 1998.

Mr. Peck has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since April 2000. Previously, he was Acting Chief Financial Officer between January 2000 and June 2000. From June 1999 to June 2000, he was Chief Administrative Officer, Consulting Practice for KPMG LLP. Prior to that, Mr. Peck was Co-Practice Leader, Financial Services Consulting Practice for KPMG LLP from 1997 until 1999.

Mr. Schwartz has served as our Group Executive Vice President, Worldwide Client Service since December 2002. Previously, he was Group Executive Vice President, Worldwide Client Service for the Financial Services practice from July 2000 until December 2002, and for the Communications and Content practice from July 1999 until July 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Schwartz was a Partner at KPMG LLP from 1997 until 1999.

The term of office of each officer is until election and qualification of a successor or otherwise at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

There is no arrangement or understanding between any of the above-listed officers and any other person pursuant to which any such officer was elected as an officer.

None of the above-listed officers has any family relationship with any director or other executive officer.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors consists of nine members. Under our certificate of incorporation, we have a classified board. No family relationships exist between any of the directors or between any of our directors and executive officers. The directors serve terms which expire at either the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2004, 2005 or 2006.

Directors Whose Terms Expire in 2004

Mr. Allred has served as our director since January 2000. Mr. Allred is a private investor. Mr. Allred recently retired from his position as Senior Vice President, Office of the President, of Cisco Systems, Inc, a position he held from 2002 to 2003. Mr. Allred was Senior Vice President Customer Advocacy, Worldwide Systems, Support and Services of Cisco Systems, Inc. from 1991 to 2002. Prior to joining Cisco, Mr. Allred was Vice President of Worldwide Support for Oracle Corporation. Mr. Allred currently serves as a director of Saba Software, Inc., a learning management Internet software company. He is active in the education community and serves on the advisory boards of the Rollins School of eBusiness at Brigham Young University and the College of Engineering and Architecture at Washington State University. Mr. Allred received a Bachelor of Science degree from Washington State University.

Ms. Bernard has served as our director since March 2004. Ms. Bernard is a private investor. Ms. Bernard was the President of AT&T Corporation from October 2002 to December 2003. From April 2001 to October 2002 Ms. Bernard was the President and Chief Executive Officer of AT&T Consumer. Prior to joining AT&T, Ms. Bernard was Executive Vice President, National Mass Markets for Qwest Communications International from June 2000 to December 2000. From April 1998 to June 2000 Ms. Bernard was Executive Vice President, Retail Markets for US West. Ms. Bernard currently serves on the board of directors of The Principal Financial Group, a global financial institution and United Technologies Corp., a global technology corporation. Ms. Bernard received a BA degree from St. Lawrence University, an MBA from Fairleigh Dickenson University and an MS degree in management from Stanford University’s Sloan Fellowship Program.

Mr. Mohebbi has served as our director since April 2001. Mr. Mohebbi is a private investor and consultant to public and private companies. Mr. Mohebbi was President and Chief Operating Officer of Qwest Communications International, Inc. (“Qwest”) from April 2001 to December 2002. From July 2000 until April 2001, Mr. Mohebbi served as President, Worldwide Operations of Qwest. From May 1999 until July 2000, Mr. Mohebbi served as President and Chief Operating Officer at Qwest prior to its merger with US WEST, Inc.

Before joining Qwest, Mr. Mohebbi had an 18-year career in the communications industry. He served as President and Managing Director of the United Kingdom Markets for British Telecom and was a member of that company’s management board from 1997 to 1999. In 1997, Mr. Mohebbi accepted the position of Vice President-Business Marketing for SBC Communications, Inc. Mr. Mohebbi received a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of California-Irvine and a Masters of Business Administration degree from the University of California.

Directors Whose Terms Expire in 2005

Mr. Kemna has served as our director since April 2001. Mr. Kemna is Managing Director of Steeb Anwendungssysteme GmbH, a wholly owned subsidiary of SAP AG (“SAP”) and has served in this capacity since March 2004. Mr. Kemna was Executive Vice President of Global Initiatives of SAP from September 2002 to March 2004. He was also a member of SAP’s extended executive board from 2000 to March 2004. From April 2000 until September 2002, Mr. Kemna served as President and Chief Executive Officer of SAP America, Inc. From July 1998 until April 2000, Mr. Kemna served as Managing Director at SAP’s German subsidiary that is responsible for sales and marketing efforts. Prior to July 1998, Mr. Kemna served for three years as Managing Director of SAP Southern Africa. Between 1995 and 1998, Mr. Kemna headed SAP’s operations in Africa, the Middle East and southeastern Europe. Mr. Kemna received a Ph.D. in economics and managerial accounting from Justus-Liebig University.

Mr. Lord has served as our director since February 2003. Mr. Lord is the Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of SLM Corp., commonly known as “Sallie Mae,” and has served in these capacities since August 1997. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Lord was President and principal shareholder of LCL, Ltd., an investment and financial consulting firm. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Lord held several executive positions at Sallie Mae, including Controller and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Lord is a director of SS&C Technologies, Inc. and SLM Corporation. Mr. Lord received a Bachelor of Science degree from Pennsylvania State University.

Mr. Strange has served as our director since April 2003. Mr. Strange retired from KPMG LLP where he served as Vice Chair and Managing Partner of the U.S. Audit Practice from 1996 to 2002. During this period, Mr. Strange also served as the Global Managing Partner of the Audit Practice of KPMG International and was a member of its International Executive Committee. Prior to 1996, Mr. Strange held several management positions with KPMG LLP. Mr. Strange began his career at KPMG LLP in 1968. Mr. Strange is a director of Compass BancShares, Inc., New Jersey Resources Corp. and Group 1 Automotive, Inc. Mr. Strange received both Bachelor and Masters of Business Administration degrees from the University of North Texas.

Directors Whose Terms Expire in 2006

Mr. Blazer has served as our director since August 1999. For his complete biography, see “Executive Officers” above.

Mr. McGeary has served as our director since August 1999. Mr. McGeary is a private investor. Mr. McGeary was the Chief Executive Officer of Brience, Inc., a wireless and broadband company, from April 2000 to July 2002. From August 1999 until April 2000, Mr. McGeary served as Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President of the Company. In April 2000, Mr. McGeary resigned as Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President of the Company and served as a Managing Director of KPMG Consulting, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company subsequently renamed BearingPoint, LLC, through June 30, 2000. From January 1997 to August 1999, Mr. McGeary served as Co-Vice Chairman of consulting for KPMG LLP, sharing this role with Mr. Blazer. From 1994 through 1996, he headed the West Coast consulting business for KPMG LLP. Mr. McGeary currently serves as a director of BroadVision, Inc., a global provider of personalized self-service web applications, Cisco Systems, Inc., a worldwide leader in networking for the Internet, DigitalThink, Inc., a custom e-learning company, and GRIC Communications, Inc., a provider of Internet based mobile office communications. Mr. McGeary is a Certified Public Accountant and received his Bachelor of Science degree from Lehigh University.

Ms. Rivlin has served as our director since October 2001. Ms. Rivlin is a Senior Fellow at The Brookings Institution, where she is Director of the Greater Washington Research Program. Ms. Rivlin also is a professor at the Public Policy Institute of Georgetown University. She was the Henry Cohen Professor at the Milano Graduate School of The New School University from September 2001 until July 2003. From 1998 to 2001, she was Chair of the District of Columbia Financial Management Assistance Authority. Ms. Rivlin served as Vice Chair of the Federal Reserve Board from 1996 to 1999. She was Director of the White House Office of Management and Budget from 1994 to 1996 and Deputy Director from 1993 to 1994. Ms. Rivlin was the founding Director of the Congressional Budget Office, where she served from 1975 to 1983. She has taught at Harvard and George Mason Universities, served as President of the American Economic Association and received a MacArthur Foundation Prize Fellowship. Ms. Rivlin is a director of The Washington Post Company. She graduated from Bryn Mawr College and received a Ph.D from Radcliffe College (Harvard University) in economics.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established the following five permanent committees of the board to perform certain designated functions:

•

executive committee,

•

audit committee,

•

compensation committee,

•

nominating and corporate governance committee, and

•

special transactions committee

The executive committee, composed of Messrs. Blazer (Chair), Allred and McGeary, may, with limited exceptions, exercise all the powers and authority of our board of directors in the management of our business and affairs to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The audit committee is composed of Ms. Rivlin (Chair) and Messrs. Kemna, Lord and Strange. The audit committee assists the board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to financial reports and other financial information. In this regard, the audit committee, among other purposes and responsibilities required by applicable law and the NYSE listing standards, serves as an independent and objective body to monitor our financial reporting process and internal control systems; serves as the sole authority to which the independent auditor is accountable, and has the sole authority and responsibility to appoint, compensate and retain the independent auditor; serves as the ultimate authority to which the internal auditing function is accountable; monitors the qualification, independence and performance of the independent auditor and internal audit, including reviewing their audit efforts; provides an open avenue of communication among the independent auditor, financial and senior management, internal audit, and the board; assists in the board’s oversight of our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and prepares a report for inclusion in our annual proxy statement.

The compensation committee, composed of Messrs. Mohebbi (Chair) and Allred and Ms. Bernard, assists the board in the development and implementation of our compensation policies for key executives and our benefit plans and reviews such other matters as may be delegated to the compensation committee by the board of directors from time to time. In that regard, the Compensation Committee, among other responsibilities required by applicable law and the NYSE listing standards, reviews and approves the chief executive officer’s performance in light of the established goals and objectives; sets the chief executive officer’s annual compensation; reviews and approves the evaluation process for our directors, officers and other key executives; approves the compensation structure for our officers and other key executives; recommends to the board the annual compensation for our directors; approves the annual compensation of senior executive officers; reviews our incentive compensation and other stock-based plans and recommends changes in such plans to the board and prepares and publishes an annual executive compensation report in our proxy statement.

The nominating and corporate governance committee is composed of Mr. Lord (Chair), and Mesdames Bernard and Rivlin. The nominating and corporate governance committee provides assistance to the board of directors by identifying, screening and recommending qualified candidates to serve as our directors and in recommending to the board the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders. The nominating committee will consider nominees recommended by stockholders, subject to applicable requirements and other procedures included in our bylaws. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee also develops and recommends to the board our corporate governance guidelines and oversees the annual evaluation of the board of directors and management.

The special transactions committee has one member, Mr. Blazer. The special transactions committee is authorized to consider, evaluate and approve potential transactions resulting in (i) the acquisition of assets, business or stock of third parties for cash, stock of our company or other consideration, or (ii) the disposition of assets, provided that the consideration for each such acquisition or disposition may not exceed the greater of $50,000,000 or 10% of our consolidated assets.

Directors’ Fees

Under current policy, an annual fee of $40,000 is paid to the directors who are not employed by us on a full-time or other basis. Directors also are paid a fee of $2,000 for attendance in person at any meeting of the board or a committee of the board and $1,000 for attendance via telephone. Members of the audit committee are paid $2,000 for attendance at audit committee meetings whether attended in person or via telephone.

Under our Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan, non-employee directors receive stock option grants of 15,000 shares of common stock upon their initial election, and the chair of the audit committee receives an additional 5,000-share stock option grant upon his or her initial appointment to this position. Each director also receives an additional grant of 8,000 shares of restricted common stock immediately following each annual meeting.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. McGeary, Allred and Mohebbi. Mr. McGeary served as our co-chief executive officer and co-president from August 1999 until April 2000.

Executive Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the annual, long-term and other compensation for services in all capacities to us for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 of those persons who were the Chief Executive Officer and our four other most highly compensated executive officers for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. The amounts reported below under the columns captioned “Salary” and “Bonus” are payable under and in accordance with our annual compensation plan and are intended to reward the executive for current performance relating to the relevant fiscal period. The amounts reported under the column captioned “Long-Term Compensation” are payable under and in accordance with our Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan and are intended to incentivize the executive’s future performance and to align the executive’s interests with those of our stockholders, since the long-term awards consist of stock options and restricted stock awards and the executive only realizes the value of the long-term compensation over a number of years.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


	Annual Compensation						Long-Term Compensation				All Other Compensation
Name and Principal Position	Fiscal Year		Salary($)		Bonus($)		Restricted Stock Award ($)(3)			Securities Underlying Options(#)	All Other Compensation
Randolph C. Blazer	2003	(1)	$	500,000	$	—	$	—		450,000	$	—
Chairman of the Board, Chief	2003	(2)		1,000,000		—		—		500,000		1,200	(7)
Executive Officer and President	2002			1,000,000		—		1,862,000	(4)	1,000,000		1,020	(7)
	2001			1,000,000		150,000		—		450,019		5,100	(7)

Bradley J. Schwartz	2003	(1)		433,333		—		—		250,000		—
Group Executive Vice President	2003	(2)		900,000		—		—		300,000		1,200	(7)
Worldwide Client Service	2002			900,000		—		931,000	(5)(6)	500,000		900	(7)
	2001			800,000		125,000		—		319,999		5,100	(7)

Michael J. Donahue	2003	(1)		433,333		—		—		200,000		—
Group Executive Vice President	2003	(2)		900,000		—		—		250,000		1,200	(7)
and Chief Operating Officer	2002			850,000		—		465,000	(5)(6)	200,000		1,020	(7)
	2001			800,000		100,000		—		214,999		5,100	(7)

David W. Black	2003	(1)		325,000		—		—		100,000		—
Executive Vice President,	2003	(2)		650,000		—		—		100,000		1,200	(7)
General Counsel and Secretary	2002			600,000		50,000		199,500	(5)(6)	100,000		1,020	(7)
	2001			520,000		75,000				135,000		5,100	(7)

Nathan H. Peck, Jr.	2003	(1)		325,000		—		—		100,000		—
Executive Vice President and	2003	(2)		650,000		—		—		100,000		1,200	(7)
Chief Administrative Officer	2002			650,000		—		99,750	(5)(6)	160,000		921	(7)
	2001			720,000		75,000		—		155,000		5,100	(7)

(1)	The information provided is for the six-month period ended December 31, 2003. For example, the salary information is for six months rather than 12 months.

(2)	The information provided is for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2003.

(3)

In July 2001, the Compensation Committee made long-term incentive awards to the executive officers. The long-term incentive awards consisted of stock options and restricted stock. Since the purpose of the awards is to incentivize long-term performance and align the executive’s interests with those of our stockholders, the awards vest over a number of years, and the executive receives the full value of the awards only by continuing to contribute to the Company’s performance. The restricted shares were granted under our Long-Term Incentive Plan, and the restrictions lapse as to one-third of the shares on June 30 in each of the years 2002 through 2004. The terms of the restricted stock awards to the executive officers also provide that any restricted shares that are still subject to restrictions will be forfeited if the recipient voluntarily or involuntarily terminates employment with the Company, unless the recipient is then entitled to receive payments under the relevant special termination agreement as described below in “Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change of Control Arrangements.” If we pay dividends on our Common Stock, the restricted shares will be paid dividends.

(4)

Mr. Blazer received 140,000 restricted shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which had a value of $13.30 per share on July 24, 2001, the date of grant. Due to the vesting schedule set forth in note (3) above, Mr. Blazer will receive the full value of the restricted shares over a three-year period, and the value he receives will depend on the Company’s stock price over time. As of December 31, 2003, Mr. Blazer had aggregate restricted shareholdings of 46,668 shares of the Company’s Common Stock having a value of $470,880 based on the $10.09 closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on December 31, 2003.

(5)	In July 2001, Mr. Schwartz received 70,000 restricted shares, Mr. Donahue received 35,000 restricted shares, Mr. Black received 15,000 restricted shares, and Mr. Peck received 7,500 restricted shares. The terms of the restricted share awards are set forth in note (3) above.

(6)

As of December 31, 2003, Mr. Schwartz had aggregate restricted shareholdings of 23,334 shares of the Company’s Common Stock having a value of $235,440, Mr. Donahue had 11,668 restricted shares having a value of $117,730, Mr. Black had 5,000 restricted shares having a value of $50,450, and Mr. Peck had 2,500 restricted shares having a value of $25,225. These share values are based on the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on December 31, 2003, of $10.09 per share.

(7)	Constitutes matching contributions under our 401(k) Savings Plan.

OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

No stock appreciation rights were granted during fiscal year 2003 to any of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth each grant of stock options during fiscal year 2003 to each of the named executive officers. The options listed in the table have a term of 10 years and vest as described in the notes to the table.

Option Grants in Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2003


	Individual Grants
Name	Number of Securities Underlying Options Granted(1)	% of Total Options Granted to Employees In Fiscal Year	Exercise or Base Price ($/Share)		Expiration Date	Grant Date Present Value(2)
Randolph C. Blazer	500,000	2.1	$	9.17	7/25/12	$	3,045,850
Bradley J. Schwartz	300,000	1.2		9.17	7/25/12		1,827,510
Michael J. Donahue	250,000	1.0		9.17	7/25/12		1,522,925
David W. Black	100,000	.4		9.17	7/25/12		609,170
Nathan H. Peck, Jr.	100,000	.4		9.17	7/25/12		609,170

(1)	The options for Messrs. Blazer, Donahue, Schwartz, Black, and Peck that expire on July 25, 2012 become exercisable to the extent of one-fourth of the grant on July 25 in each of the years 2003-2006.

(2)

The values for the grants are based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model. With respect to the options that expire on July 25, 2012, an interest rate of 3.81% based on a 5-year Treasury note rate, stock price volatility of 72%, no dividend yield and option exercises occurring after 6 years are assumed. Based on these assumptions, the model produces a per option share value of $6.0917.

No stock appreciation rights were granted during the six months ended December 31, 2003 to any of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth each grant of stock options during the six months ended December 31, 2003 to each of the named executive officers. The options listed in the table have a term of 10 years and vest as described in the notes to the table.

Option Grants During the Six Months Ended December 31, 2003


	Individual Grants
Name	Number of Securities Underlying Options Granted(1)	% of Total Options Granted to Employees During the Period	Exercise or Base Price ($/Share)		Expiration Date	Grant Date Present Value(2)
Randolph C. Blazer	450,000	3.4	$	8.19	8/28/13	$	2,410,830
Bradley J. Schwartz	250,000	1.9		8.19	8/28/13		1,339,350
Michael J. Donahue	200,000	1.5		8.19	8/28/13		1,071,480
David W. Black	100,000	0.7		8.19	8/28/13		535,740
Nathan H. Peck, Jr.	100,000	0.7		8.19	8/28/13		535,740

(1)	The options for Messrs. Blazer, Schwartz, Donahue, Black, and Peck that expire on August 28, 2013 become exercisable to the extent of one-third of the grant on August 28 in each of the years 2004-2006.

(2)

The values for the grants are based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model. With respect to the options that expire on August 28, 2013, an interest rate of 3.67% based on a 5-year Treasury note rate, stock price volatility of 70.54%, no dividend yield and option exercises occurring after 6 years are assumed. Based on these assumptions, the model produces a per option share value of $5.3574.

The following table summarizes information relating to stock option exercises during fiscal year 2003 and the number and value of unexercised stock options previously granted to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table.

Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2003 and Option Values as of June 30, 2003


Name	Shares Acquired on Exercise(#)	Value Realized($)	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options at FY-End(#)		Value of Unexercised In-The-Money Options(1) at FY-End($)
			Exercisable	Unexercisable	Exercisable		Unexercisable
Randolph C. Blazer	None	None	527,040	1,492,354	$	0	$	240,000
Bradley J. Schwartz	None	None	322,163	847,389		0		144,000
Michael J. Donahue	None	None	187,231	517,411		0		120,000
David W. Black	None	None	101,419	245,473		0		48,000
Nathan H. Peck, Jr.	None	None	139,799	304,933		0		48,000

(1)

An “in-the-money” stock option is an option for which the market price, on June 30, 2003, of Company Common Stock underlying the option exceeds the exercise price (i.e., the market price of Company Common Stock when the option was granted). The value shown reflects stock price appreciation since the grant date of the option.

The following table summarizes information relating to stock option exercises during the six-month period ended December 31, 2003 and the number and value of unexercised stock options previously granted to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table.

Aggregated Option Exercises During the Six Months Ended December 31, 2003

and Period End Option Values


Name	Shares Acquired on Exercise(#)	Value Realized($)	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options at Period End		Value of Unexercised In-The-Money Options(1) at Period End($)
			Exercisable	Unexercisable	Exercisable		Unexercisable
Randolph C. Blazer	None	None	1,014,544	1,454,850	$	115,000	$	1,200,000
Bradley J. Schwartz	None	None	602,163	817,389		69,000		682,000
Michael J. Donahue	None	None	353,481	551,161		57,500		552,500
David W. Black	None	None	185,169	261,723		23,000		259,000
Nathan H. Peck, Jr.	None	None	228,548	316,184		23,000		259,000

(1)

An “in-the-money” stock option is an option for which the market price, on December 31, 2003, of Company Common Stock underlying the option exceeds the exercise price (i.e., the market price of Company Common Stock when the option was granted). The value shown reflects stock price appreciation since the grant date of the option.

Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change of Control Arrangements

Special Termination Agreements

Effective November 7, 2001, the Company entered into special termination agreements (the “Agreements”) with each of its executive officers, including our named executive officers. The purpose of the Agreements is to ensure that these executives are properly protected in the event of a Change of Control of the Company (as defined in the Agreements), thereby enhancing the our ability to hire and retain key personnel. The Board approved the Agreements as being in the best interests of the Company. The term of the Agreements is two years (subject to potential one-year extensions) or, if later, two years after a Change of Control. The protective provisions of the Agreements become operative only upon a Change of Control or, in certain circumstances, in anticipation of a Change of Control.

If, after a Change of Control and during the term of the Agreement, we terminate the executive’s employment other than for Cause (as defined in the Agreements) or if the executive terminates his employment for specified reasons (including if his responsibilities have been materially reduced or adversely modified or his compensation has been reduced), the executive is entitled to certain benefits. These benefits generally include the payment of three years’ compensation (based on salary plus bonus as specified in the Agreements), continued coverage under our welfare benefit plans (e.g., medical, life insurance and disability insurance) for two years at no cost, and outplacement counseling. In addition, the executive will receive a gross-up payment to cover any federal “excise taxes” resulting from such payments. If, prior to or following a Change of Control, the executive voluntarily terminates his employment, dies or becomes permanently disabled or we terminate his employment for Cause, the executive is entitled to no special payments or benefits.

Change of Control Provisions

With respect to all named executive officers, in addition to the provisions in the Agreements referred to above, all stock option grants and restricted stock grants under our 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan provide that any non-vested portion of a stock option grant will vest and any remaining restrictions upon restricted stock shares will be released in the event of certain changes of control of the Company specified in the plan. If such an event were to occur with respect to a named executive officer, all stock options not yet exercisable, including those set forth above in the table captioned “Aggregated Option Exercises during the six months ended December 31, 2003 and period end Option Values,” would vest, and all remaining restrictions on the restricted shares referred to in the Summary Compensation Table would lapse. In addition, the loans set forth below in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” under the caption “Indebtedness of Executive Officers,” including any accrued interest, would be forgiven.

Managing Director Agreements

We also provide severance benefits for terminations by us, including for deficient performance, for our managing directors, including our named executive officers. Severance benefits are not provided for discharge for cause. Severance pay generally is equal to six months’ salary.

Deferred Compensation Plan

The following description of our deferred compensation plan is not complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of the plan, which has been filed as an exhibit to this registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our deferred compensation plan became effective on September 1, 2001 and was amended and restated on August 1, 2003. The plan is designed to permit a select group of management and highly compensated employees, including our named executive officers, who contribute materially to our continued growth, development and future business success to accumulate additional income for retirement and other personal financial goals through a plan that enables the participants to make elective deferrals of compensation to which they will become entitled to in the future. Our deferred compensation plan is nonqualified and unfunded, and participants are unsecured general creditors of BearingPoint as to their accounts.

Administration of the Plan. Our deferred compensation plan is administered by a committee that consists of the members of the committee of our 401(k) Plan, or others appointed by our board of directors. The committee has full power to make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations of the deferred compensation plan.

Eligibility. Managing directors, including our named executive officers, and other highly compensated executives selected by the plan’s administrative committee are eligible to participate in the plan.

Elective Contributions. Plan participants execute an election form to make a pre-tax deferral of a portion of their annual base salary and bonuses, subject to maximum and minimum percentage limitations. Currently, participants may defer a minimum of 10% of their pre-tax commissions and bonuses in a calendar year. Participants may defer a maximum of 50% of annual base salary and 100% of commissions and bonuses.

Matching Contributions. The deferred compensation plan allows us, in the discretion of the administrative committee, to make matching contributions with respect to participants. We currently do not match amounts participants elect to defer under our deferred compensation plan.

Account. A bookkeeping account is maintained for each participant for the purpose of recording the current value of his or her elective contributions, including earnings credited thereto. The account is maintained on our books only, and we are under no obligation to segregate the assets of individual plan participants. For the measure of investment return on the participant’s account, the participant may designate one or more investment funds among a group of funds chosen by the administration committee. The participant’s account is adjusted daily to reflect earnings and losses on the participant’s designated investments.

We have established a trust for the deferred compensation plan. At least annually, we are required to transfer to the trust an amount that we believe is sufficient to provide, on a present value basis, for our future liabilities under the deferred compensation plan, taking into consideration the value of the assets in the trust at the time of the transfer.

Distributions. Subject to certain limitations, distributions of benefits from participants’ accounts under the deferred compensation plan will be made upon the first to occur of: the participant’s disability, the participant’s death, the first day the participant is no longer our employee, the termination of the deferred compensation plan, or a date designated by the participant on an election form.

The distribution of benefits to the participant will be made in accordance with the election made by the participant in a lump sum or in equal annual installments over a period of not less than two years and not more than fifteen years. If the participant dies before the entire account balance is distributed, the unpaid balance will be paid to the participant’s beneficiary in a lump sum.

The participant may apply for a hardship distribution in limited circumstances in the event of such participant’s immediate and substantial financial need and the participant’s account will be reduced by the amount of any such hardship withdrawal. A hardship distribution will be distributed in those circumstances and at such time or times as the administrative committee determines.

In the event the participant requests a distribution prior to the date specified in the first paragraph of this section, other than a hardship distribution, the administrative committee may distribute any portion of the participant’s account, provided that the participant’s account is debited an amount equal to 10% of the amount of the requested distribution, in addition to the amount of the requested distribution. If an early withdrawal election is made, the participant will not be entitled to participate in the deferred compensation plan for a period ending two years after the date of the payout.

Employee Benefit Plans

Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan

The following description of our Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we call our equity incentive plan, is not complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of the equity incentive plan, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The number of shares of our common stock authorized under our equity incentive plan will at all times be equal to the greater of (i) 35,084,158 subject to adjustment as described in the plan, and (ii) 25% of the sum of (x) the number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock and (y) the number of authorized shares under the plan. As of April 30, 2004, there were 65,474,549 shares authorized under the plan and 5,759,171 shares available for grant.

The purpose of our equity incentive plan is to provide a meaningful equity interest in the company to senior company executives and other key employees in a format that is designed to motivate these executives and key employees and align their financial interests with those of stockholders.

Stock Options

The compensation committee is authorized to grant stock options under the U.S. and International Stock Option Model that was approved by the committee in February 2000 and modified in August 2000 and April 2003. Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the current market price of our common stock and typically are subject to vesting over a period of years and upon such terms and conditions as the compensation committee may approve.

Restricted Stock Awards

The compensation committee is authorized to grant restricted stock awards upon such terms and conditions as it may approve. The awards may be subject to restrictions that lapse over time and that may cause forfeiture of the applicable shares if the executive voluntarily leaves the employ of the company or is discharged. The restricted stock awards may be denominated in shares of our common stock or common stock equivalent units.

Other Awards

The compensation committee also is authorized to grant bonus stock awards (which are vested upon grant), performance share awards, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards upon such terms and conditions as the compensation committee may approve.

Non-Employee Director Options/Restricted Stock

Non-employee directors receive stock option grants of 15,000 shares of common stock upon their initial election, and the chair of the audit committee receives an additional 5,000-share stock option grant upon his or her initial appointment to this position. Each director also receives an additional grant of 8,000 shares of restricted stock awards immediately following each annual meeting.

Change in Control

In the event:

•

of a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of our company;

•

of a merger, consolidation or reorganization of our company, unless our company is the surviving corporation and, after giving effect to such transaction, our company’s stockholders will own at least 50% of the stock of our company or a number of shares of our stock having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors;

•

of a change in a majority of the board of directors, unless the new directors were nominated by the incumbent directors; or

•

any person other than KPMG LLP or its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 30% or more of our stock generally entitled to vote on the election of directors:

then the following events will occur:

•

all outstanding options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable in full;

•

all other awards will vest; and

•

each option, stock appreciation right and other award will represent the right to acquire the appropriate number of shares of our common stock or the appropriate amount of cash or other consideration received in the merger or similar transaction.

Amendment

Our board of directors or the compensation committee may amend our equity incentive plan at any time, subject to any requirement of stockholder approval required by applicable law, rule or regulation; provided that any amendment that would, among other things, increase the maximum number of shares of common stock available under our equity incentive plan or extend the term of our equity incentive plan requires the approval of our stockholders.

Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The following description of our Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan is not complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of the plan, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be purchased under our employee stock purchase plan is 3,766,096 shares, plus an annual increase on the first day of each of our fiscal years beginning July 1, 2001 and ending on June 30, 2026 equal to the lesser of (i) 5,946,467 shares, (ii) three percent of the shares outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (iii) a lesser number of shares as is determined by our board of directors or the compensation committee. As of April 30, 2004, there were 9,741,548 shares authorized and available for issuance under the plan.

We offer our employee stock purchase plan to substantially all our full-time employees. These employees are eligible to use up to 15% of their regular compensation up to a maximum of $25,000 to purchase shares of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock at the beginning of an offering period and the fair market value of our common stock at the end of each six-month purchase period within this offering period. Our plan contemplates 24-month offering periods commencing at six-month intervals. Our board of directors or the compensation committee has the power to amend our employee stock purchase plan at any time and in any manner, except as set forth in the plan.

Change in Control

In the event of a change in control of our company, the offering periods will end, the cash credited to the purchase accounts of all plan participants will be applied to purchase shares of our common stock pursuant to the plan terms and the plan will terminate. The definition of a change in control for purposes of our employee stock purchase plan has the same meaning as described under our long-term incentive plan.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Indebtedness of Executive Officers

In fiscal year 2002, Messrs. Blazer, Schwartz, Donahue and Black received restricted shares of Common Stock pursuant to our 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan. In connection with such stock awards, the recipients incurred immediate taxable income equal to the fair market value of the restricted stock at the time the restricted stock awards were granted to them (the “Compensation Income”), but the shares could not be sold due to the restrictions. To assist the recipients in paying the tax obligations associated with such stock awards, the Board approved full-recourse loans to such executive officers in amounts equal to the estimated tax liabilities associated with the Compensation Income. The following table lists those executive officers who received loans in connection with the restricted stock awards and whose maximum indebtedness to the Company at any time from July 1, 2001 through April 30, 2004 exceeded $60,000:


Name of Individual	Relationship with the Company	Maximum Principal Amount of Loans Outstanding from 7/01/01 through 4/01/04(1)		Principal Amount of Loans Outstanding on 4/01/2004
Randolph C. Blazer	Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President	$	864,651	$	864,651

Bradley J. Schwartz	Group Executive Vice President, Worldwide Client Service		421,042		421,042

Michael J. Donahue	Group Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer		202,158		0

David W. Black	Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary		94,537		94,537

(1)	Interest accrues on the principal amount of the outstanding loans and is payable annually. The interest rate on the loans is 4.5% per year.

Transactions With Significant Stockholder

The Company engaged in reportable transactions with one stockholder that holds more than 5% of the Company’s Common Stock—Cisco Systems, Inc. The Company and Cisco are parties to an alliance agreement under which they work together to define and deliver comprehensive Internet-based service offerings for enterprises that fall within our industry groups and for the market of local exchange carriers, regional bell operating companies, inter-exchange carriers and Internet service providers. Pursuant to the alliance agreement, during the three months ended March 31, 2004, Cisco made payments to the Company of approximately $59,400 and the Company made payments to Cisco of approximately $29,500. During the six months ended December 31, 2003, Cisco made payments to the Company of approximately $1,930,000 and the Company made payments to Cisco of approximately $154,000.

During fiscal year 2003, Cisco made payments to us of approximately $5.3 million, and we made payments to Cisco of approximately $866,000.

During fiscal year 2002, Cisco made payments to us of approximately $8.1 million, and we made payments to Cisco of approximately $1.2 million.

During fiscal year 2001, Cisco made payments to us of approximately $22.4 million, and we made payments to Cisco of approximately $3.3 million. In addition, in connection with our initial public offering in February 2001, we repurchased 1.4 million shares of our Series A Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) from Cisco for $378.3 million, and Cisco converted its remaining shares into

approximately 15.4 million shares of our common stock. The price at which the shares were repurchased and the number of shares of common stock that were received upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock were determined based on formulas that were established when Cisco originally purchased the Series A Preferred Stock on January 1, 2000. Cisco also was paid $32 million in dividends on its Series A Preferred Stock relating to fiscal year 2001.

During fiscal year 2001, KPMG LLP held more than 5% of our common stock. In connection with our initial public offering, KPMG LLP and its active partners sold all of our shares of common stock that they owned. During fiscal year 2001, KPMG LLP provided us with certain shared services, including services relating to human resources, employee benefits, benefits administration, property management, technology infrastructure, and other administrative functions. In addition, we were allocated a portion of our office space from KPMG LLP. During fiscal year 2001, the amounts owed by us to KPMG LLP for shared services and allocated office space were $179.4 million and $55.5 million, respectively. In addition, we purchased $16.1 million of internal use software from KPMG LLP at its net book value. Additional details regarding transactions between us and KPMG LPP may be found in Note 18, “Transactions with Related Parties,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in this prospectus.

For a discussion regarding transactions between us and KPMG DTG, see “Selling Stockholder” in this prospectus.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of April 30, 2004, the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by each of our named executive officers and directors, by all directors and executive officers as a group and by all persons, to our knowledge, beneficially owning more than 5% of our common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting or investing power with respect to the securities. Common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2004 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options or warrants. Such shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, each stockholder has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder and has the same address as BearingPoint. Our address is 1676 International Drive, McLean, Virginia, 22102.


	Common Stock
Name of Beneficial Owner or Identity of Group	Number of Shares(1)		Percentage of Shares Outstanding(2)
Named Executive Officers
Randolph C. Blazer	1,285,202	(1)	(3	)
Bradley J. Schwartz	780,451	(1)	(3	)
Michael J. Donahue	455,782	(1)	(3	)
David W. Black	221,255	(1)	(3	)
Nathan H. Peck, Jr.	313,549	(1)	(3	)

Directors
Douglas C. Allred	27,000	(7)	(3	)
Betsy J. Bernard	—	(8)	(3	)
Randolph C. Blazer	See above		(3	)
Wolfgang Kemna	27,000	(4)	(3	)
Albert L. Lord	34,600	(7)	(3	)
Roderick C. McGeary	156,476	(4)(5)	(3	)
Afshin Mohebbi	27,000	(4)	(3	)
Alice M. Rivlin	32,000	(6)	(3	)
J. Terry Strange	28,000	(9)	(3	)
All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)	3,450,815	(10)	1.76	%

Name and Address of 5% Holders of Common Stock

Cisco Systems, Inc. (11)
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, California 95134	15,440,033		7.86	%

T. Rowe Price Associates (12)
100 E. Pratt Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21202	9,746,340		5.00	%

Fidelity Investments (13)
FMR Corp.
82 Devonshire Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109	18,448,275		9.39	%

Wellington Management Company (14)
75 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109	13,654,600		6.95	%

KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft AG (15)
Taubenstrasse 44-45
Berlin, Germany 10117	16,501,650		8.40	%

(1)

With respect to the named executive officers of the Company, includes 2,448,955 shares of Common Stock subject to stock options granted under our 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan that either are presently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2004, including 1,031,888 shares with respect to Mr. Blazer, 614,552 shares with respect to Mr. Schwartz, 363,392 shares with respect to Mr. Donahue, 188,142 shares with respect to Mr. Black and 250,981 shares with respect to Mr. Peck. Also includes certain shares of Common Stock owned directly or indirectly by spouses of named executive officers, children who share the same residence and certain other family members, as to which shares the named executive officers in some instances disclaim beneficial ownership. Unless otherwise indicated below, and with the exception of shares owned directly or indirectly by spouses, children and certain other family members, each of the beneficial owners indicates that he has sole voting and dispositive powers.

(2)	All percentages are calculated based on the number of shares of Common Stock that were issued and outstanding as of April 30, 2004, less treasury shares, which totals 196,423,647.

(3)	Beneficial ownership does not exceed one percent of the shares of Common Stock outstanding.

(4)	Messrs. Kemna, McGeary and Mohebbi each hold options to purchase 15,000 shares of Common Stock that were awarded to them by virtue of their status as non-employee directors. The options vested on April 24, 2002.

(5)	Mr. McGeary also holds options to purchase 7,928 shares of Common Stock that were awarded to him by virtue of his status as a non-employee director. The options vested on June 30, 2001.

(6)	Ms. Rivlin holds options to purchase 20,000 shares of Common Stock. The options were awarded to her when she became a non-employee director and the Chair of the Audit Committee. The options vested on October 1, 2002.

(7)	Messrs. Allred and Lord each hold options to purchase 15,000 shares of Common Stock that were awarded to them by virtue of their status as non-employee directors. The options vested on February 4, 2004.

(8)	Ms. Bernard holds options to purchase 15,000 shares of Common Stock. The options were awarded to her when she became a non-employee director. The options vest on March 29, 2005.

(9)	Mr. Strange holds options to purchase 15,000 shares of Common Stock. The options were awarded to him when he became a non-employee director. The options vest on April 29, 2004.

(10)	Includes 2,456,833 shares of Common Stock subject to stock options granted under our 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan that either are presently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2004.

(11)	Represents shares beneficially held as of December 31, 2003 by Cisco Systems, Inc. and held in the nominee name of Coastdock & Co. (“Cisco”). Cisco has sole dispositive and voting power with respect to all 15,440,033 shares.

(12)

These securities are owned, as of December 31, 2003, by various individual and institutional investors which T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“Price Associates”) serves as investment advisor with power to direct investments and/or sole power to vote the securities. For purposes of the reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, Price Associates is deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities; however, Price Associates expressly disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such securities. Price Associates has sole dispositive power with respect to 9,746,340 shares and sole voting power with respect to 1,513,600 shares.

(13)

Represents shares beneficially held as reported on a Schedule 13G filed on February 17, 2004 by FMR Corp., Edward C. Johnson 3d, and Abigail P. Johnson. FMR Corp. has sole dispositive power with respect to 18,448,275 shares and sole voting power with respect to 1,333,742 shares. Edward C. Johnson has sole dispositive power with respect to 18,448,275 shares and sole voting power with respect to 1,333,742 shares. Abigail P. Johnson has sole dispositive power with respect to 18,448,275 shares.

(14)	Represents shares beneficially held as of December 31, 2003 by Wellington Management Company, LLP (“Wellington”). Wellington has shared voting power with respect to 4,420,200 shares, and has shared dispositive power with respect to 13,654,600 shares.

(15)

KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft AG (“KPMG DTG”) was the majority stockholder of BearingPoint GmbH (formerly KPMG Consulting AG) prior to our acquisition of BearingPoint GmbH. KPMG DTG had a variety of contractual and business relationships with BearingPoint GmbH, including contractual arrangements to provide certain support and technical services, financing services and cash management services. These shares were issued to KPMG DTG and to KPMG Regulus Treuhand-Gesellschaft GmbH (“KPMG Regulus”), in connection with the acquisition by us of BearingPoint GmbH in August 2002. Effective as of May 3, 2004, KPMG Regulus has merged with and into KPMG DTG.

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

General

Our authorized capital stock consists of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share. As of April 30, 2004, 196,423,647 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding and held of record by approximately 1,265 stockholders of record, and no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding. The following description of our common stock and provisions of our certificate of incorporation (as amended and restated) and bylaws (as amended and restated) are only summaries, and we encourage you to review complete copies of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends in cash, stock of any corporation, or property of our company, out of legally available assets or funds of our company as and when declared by our board of directors, subject to any dividend preferences that may be attributable to preferred stock. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of our business, the holders of common stock will be entitled to receive ratably the balance of net assets available for distribution after payment of any liquidation or distribution preference payable with respect to any then outstanding shares of our preferred stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote with respect to matters brought before the stockholders, except for the election of any directors who may be elected by vote of any outstanding shares of preferred stock voting as a class. Holders of common stock are not entitled to cumulative voting for the election of directors. There are no preemptive, conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.

The rights and privileges of our common stock may be subordinate to the rights and preferences of any of our preferred stock.

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BE”.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, and of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company, including takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock.

Delaware Law

Our company has expressly elected not to be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware corporate law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions

Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes as nearly equal in size as possible with staggered three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board will be elected each year.

In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of our capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Under our certificate of incorporation, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an

enlargement of our board, may only be filled by vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum. The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of us.

Our certificate of incorporation also provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken at a stockholders meeting and may not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our certificate of incorporation further provides that special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by the chairman of the board of directors or by a majority of the board of directors. Our bylaws provide that stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given to our corporate secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that proposal or nomination before the meeting. In addition to some other applicable requirements, for a stockholder proposal or nomination to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder generally must have given notice in proper written form to the corporate secretary within a specified time prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give the board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding the consideration of some business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Our certificate of incorporation includes a fair price provision which prohibits business combinations with a related person, unless either:

(a) the holders of our common stock receive in the business combination either:

(i) the same consideration in form and amount per share as the highest consideration paid by the related person in a tender or exchange offer in which the related person acquired at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and which was consummated not more than one year prior to the business combination or the entering into of a definitive agreement for the business combination; or

(ii) not less in amount (as to cash) or fair market value (as to non-cash consideration) than the highest price paid or agreed to be paid by the related person for shares of our common stock in any transaction that either resulted in the related person’s beneficially owning 15% or more of our common stock, or was effected at a time when the related person beneficially owned 15% or more of our common stock, in either case occurring not more than one year prior to the business combination; or

(b) the transaction is approved by:

(i) a majority of continuing directors; or

(ii) shares representing (x) at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by our common stock, and (y) a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of our common stock, excluding all shares beneficially owned by any related person.

Under the fair price provision, a related person is any person who beneficially owns 15% or more of our common stock or is an affiliate of our company and at any time within the preceding two-year period was the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our common stock outstanding. The business combinations involving our company that are covered by the fair price provision are:

•

any merger or consolidation of our company or any subsidiary of our company with or into a related person or an affiliate of a related person;

•

any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our company to a related person or an affiliate of a related person;

•

reclassifications, recapitalizations and other corporate actions requiring a stockholder vote that have the effect of increasing by more than one percent the proportionate share of our common stock beneficially owned by a related person or an affiliate of a related person; and

•

a dissolution of our company voluntarily caused or proposed by a related person or an affiliate of a related person.

A continuing director is a director who is unaffiliated with the related person and who was a director before the related person became a related person, and any successor of a continuing director who is unaffiliated with a related person and is recommended or nominated to succeed a continuing director by a majority of the continuing directors. Under the fair price provision, KPMG LLP and its affiliates are not related persons. In addition, any person who acquires 15% or more of our common stock directly from KPMG LLP or its affiliates will not be deemed related persons. Our board of directors has also adopted resolutions excluding Cisco and its affiliates from the definition of related person.

Our certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors, when evaluating:

•

a tender offer or exchange for equity securities of our company,

•

a merger with our company, or

•

the possible purchase of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of our company,

to give due consideration to the effect of any of the above transactions on constituencies other than our company’s stockholders, including employees, suppliers, customers, strategic partners, creditors and others having similar relationships with our company.

The Delaware corporate law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or to approve mergers, consolidations or the sale of all or substantially all its assets, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of our capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in the election of directors to amend or repeal any of the provisions of our certificate of incorporation discussed above or to approve mergers, consolidations or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of the board of directors, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws, and may also be amended by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of our capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. The two-thirds stockholder vote would be in addition to any separate class vote that might in the future be required pursuant to the terms of any series of preferred stock that might be outstanding at the time any of these amendments are submitted to stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with such terms as our board may determine.

Stockholders’ Rights Plan

On August 29, 2001, our board of directors adopted a stockholders’ rights plan. Our stockholders’ rights plan is designed to protect our company and our stockholders against unfair or coercive takeover tactics. It accomplishes this goal by making it more costly and thus more difficult to gain control of us without the consent of our board of directors. The description presented below is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the rights agreement, which is an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our stockholders’ rights plan provides that each of our shares of common stock will have the right to purchase from us one one-thousandth of a share of a new series A junior participating preferred stock at a price of $90 per one-thousandth of a share, subject to customary anti-dilution protection adjustment.

The rights are attached to all certificates representing outstanding shares of our common stock, and no separate right certificates have been distributed. The rights will separate from the shares of our common stock approximately 10 days after someone acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding common stock, or commences a tender offer or exchange offer for 15% or more of the outstanding common stock.

After rights separate from our common stock, certificates representing the rights will be mailed to record holders of our common stock. Once distributed, the separate right certificates alone will represent the rights.

The rights are not exercisable until the date the rights separate. The rights will expire on October 2, 2011, unless extended or unless earlier redeemed or exchanged by us.

The shares of series A junior participating preferred stock purchasable upon exercise of the rights are non-redeemable. Each share of series A junior participating preferred stock is entitled to a quarterly preferential dividend payment equal to 1,000 times the dividend declared per share of common stock. In the event of liquidation, the holders of series A junior participating preferred stock will be entitled to an aggregate preferential payment per share equal to 1,000 times the aggregate payment per share made to holders of common stock.

Each share of series A junior participating preferred stock will have 1,000 votes, voting together with the shares of common stock. In the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which shares of common stock are exchanged, each share of series A junior participating preferred stock will be entitled to receive 1,000 times the amount received per share of common stock. The rights are protected by customary anti-dilution provisions.

If, after any person or group becomes an acquiring person, we are acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of our consolidated assets or earning power are sold, each holder of a right will receive upon exercise of a right the number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company having a market value equal to two times the exercise price of the right. If any person or group becomes an acquiring person, each holder of a right will receive upon exercise that number of shares of common stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of the right. Following the occurrence of the events described above, rights beneficially owned by any acquiring person at the time of such transaction and rights that subsequently are acquired by an acquiring person will be void and may not be exercised.

At any time prior to the time any person becomes an acquiring person, the board may redeem the rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.01 per right. At any time after any person or group becomes an acquiring person and prior to the acquisition by such person or group of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock, the board may exchange the rights (other than rights owned by such acquiring person or group, which will have become void), in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one share of common stock per right (subject to adjustment).

The terms of the rights may generally be amended by the board without the consent of the holders of the rights.

Until a right is exercised, the holder will have no rights as a stockholder.

The rights should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the board since the rights may be redeemed by us at the redemption price prior to the time that a person or group has acquired beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the common stock.

Transfer Agent And Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of our common stock offered by this resale prospectus will be passed upon for the company by Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP in Washington, D.C.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of and for the six month period ended December 31, 2003 and as of and for the year ended June 30, 2003 included in this prospectus and the financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2002 and 2001 appearing in this prospectus and the financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its reports appearing in this prospectus and on the financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement and have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

This prospectus is part of a Post-Effective Amendment to Form S-3 Registration Statement on Form S-1 Registration Statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information included in the Registration Statement. Some information is omitted from this prospectus in accordance with the rules of the SEC and you should refer to the Registration Statement and its exhibits for additional information. We also file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy the Registration Statement and any other reports, statements or other information we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference rooms at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms.

Our filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the SEC’s World Wide Web site located at http://www.sec.gov and on our web site at www.bearingpoint.com.

Statements in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the full text of such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


BEARINGPOINT, INC.
Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)		F-2
Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and December 31, 2003		F-3
Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)		F-4
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)		F-5

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP		F-15
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Grant Thornton LLP		F-16
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003, and as of June 30, 2003 and 2002		F-17
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001		F-18
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001		F-19
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001		F-21
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-22

F-1

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004			2003
Revenue	$	861,041		$	818,870

Costs of service:
Professional compensation		375,742			379,682
Other direct contract expenses		260,739			192,598
Lease and facilities charge		3,572			5,612
Other costs of service		66,958			66,330

Total		707,011			644,222

Gross profit		154,030			174,648
Amortization of purchased intangible assets		1,095			12,396
Selling, general and administrative expenses		137,930			141,526

Operating income		15,005			20,726
Interest income		205			446
Interest expense		(4,409	)		(5,028	)
Other income (expense), net		(750	)		(1,432	)

Income before taxes		10,051			14,712
Income tax expense		7,898			10,571

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		2,153			4,141
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		(529	)		—

Net income	$	1,624		$	4,141

Earnings per share—basic and diluted:
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	0.01		$	0.02
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		—			—

Net income	$	0.01		$	0.02

Weighted average shares—basic		195,258,684			190,287,455

Weighted average shares—diluted		198,203,736			190,327,222

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated condensed financial statements.

F-2

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share amounts)

(unaudited)


	March 31,			December 31,
	2004			2003
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	116,792		$	122,723
Accounts receivable, net		394,956			357,620
Unbilled revenue		305,615			293,559
Deferred income taxes		42,168			35,291
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		79,088			53,088

Total current assets		938,619			862,281
Property and equipment, net		204,151			203,341
Goodwill		962,149			981,222
Other intangible assets, net		6,989			8,156
Deferred income taxes, less current portion		52,099			50,539
Other assets		24,203			23,908

Total assets	$	2,188,210		$	2,129,447

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of notes payable	$	9,614		$	9,345
Accounts payable		197,894			200,521
Accrued payroll and employee benefits		177,337			175,830
Deferred revenue		55,366			72,473
Income tax payable		30,672			21,082
Current portion of accrued lease and facilities charge		22,426			22,048
Deferred income taxes		1,151			4,268
Other current liabilities		134,267			123,829

Total current liabilities		628,727			629,396
Notes payable, less current portion		298,060			238,883
Accrued employee benefits		64,136			62,821
Accrued lease and facilities charge, less current portion		31,323			33,465
Deferred income taxes, less current portion		4,656			4,549
Other liabilities		31,307			28,675

Total liabilities		1,058,209			997,789

Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value 10,000,000 shares authorized		—			—
Common Stock, $.01 par value 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 200,207,400 shares issued and 196,395,150 shares outstanding on March 31, 2004 and 198,295,364 shares issued and 194,483,114 shares outstanding on December 31, 2003		1,992			1,973
Additional paid-in capital		1,122,775			1,105,631
Accumulated deficit		(156,180	)		(157,804	)
Notes receivable from stockholders		(8,995	)		(9,114	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		206,136			226,699
Treasury stock, at cost (3,812,250 shares)		(35,727	)		(35,727	)

Total stockholders’ equity		1,130,001			1,131,658

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	2,188,210		$	2,129,447

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated condensed financial statements.

F-3

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

(unaudited)


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004			2003
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	1,624		$	4,141
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Deferred income taxes		(11,480	)		(4,805	)
Stock awards		3,363			3,024
Depreciation and amortization		18,755			19,711
Amortization of purchased intangible assets		1,095			12,396
Lease and facilities charge		3,572			5,612
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		(38,180	)		39,126
Unbilled revenue		(12,341	)		(68,819	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(26,200	)		(15,988	)
Other assets		(711	)		768
Accrued payroll and employee benefits		2,432			(26,417	)
Accounts payable and other current liabilities		(2,808	)		(2,207	)
Other liabilities		597			3,320

Net cash used in operating activities		(60,282	)		(30,138	)

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment		(20,389	)		(26,485	)
Businesses acquired, net of cash acquired		—			(2,160	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(20,389	)		(28,645	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock		13,052			15,242
Proceeds from notes payable		163,150			206,173
Repayment of notes payable		(104,265	)		(175,399	)
Notes receivable from stockholders		119			—
Increase in book overdrafts		3,134			1,988

Net cash provided by financing activities		75,190			48,004

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(450	)		601

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		(5,931	)		(10,178	)
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period		122,723			74,197

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period	$	116,792		$	64,019

Supplementary cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	738		$	1,058
Taxes paid	$	11,309		$	10,496

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated condensed financial statements.

F-4

BearingPoint, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

Note 1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated condensed financial statements of BearingPoint, Inc. (referred to below as “we,” “our,” “BearingPoint” or the “Company”) have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim financial statements. These statements do not include all of the information and note disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles, and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the six months ended December 31, 2003, included in this Registration Statement on Form S-1. The accompanying consolidated condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and reflect adjustments (consisting solely of normal, recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of results for these interim periods. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation.

Note 2. Change in Accounting Principle

Historically, the Company has consolidated the financial results of certain foreign subsidiaries within Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and the Asia Pacific region as of a date that is one month prior (i.e. February 29, 2004) to that of the Company’s fiscal reporting period (i.e. March 31, 2004) (“one-month lag”). The change in accounting principle results in certain Asia Pacific subsidiaries now reporting on a current period basis that is consistent with the Company’s fiscal reporting period. The purpose of the change is to have these certain foreign subsidiaries report on a basis similar to the Company’s fiscal reporting period. As a result, net income for the three months ended March 31, 2004 includes a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $529, representing the total December 2003 net loss for these entities. Certain of the Company’s consolidated foreign subsidiaries continue to report their results of operations on a one-month lag.

Net income and basic and diluted earnings per share for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 are set forth below as if accounting for consolidated foreign subsidiaries on a one-month lag had been accounted for in the same manner for all periods presented.


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004			2003
	pro forma
Revenue	$	861,041		$	828,394
Costs of service		707,011			651,343

Gross profit		154,030			177,051
Amortization of purchased intangible assets		1,095			12,453
Selling, general and administrative expenses		137,930			141,211

Operating income		15,005			23,387
Other/Interest income (expense), net		(4,954	)		(6,369	)

Income before taxes		10,051			17,018
Income tax expense		7,898			10,751

Net income	$	2,153		$	6,267

Earnings per share—basic and diluted:
Net income	$	0.01		$	0.03

F-5

BearingPoint, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

Note 3. Segment Reporting

The Company’s segment information has been prepared in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise engaging in business activities about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision-maker, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s segments constitute its four North America industry groups (Public Services, Communications & Content, Financial Services and Consumer, Industrial and Technology), its three international regions (EMEA, Asia Pacific and Latin America) and the Corporate/Other category (which consists primarily of infrastructure costs). Upon consolidation all intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Inter-segment transactions are not included in the measure of profit or loss for each reportable segment. Performance of the segments is evaluated on operating income excluding the costs of infrastructure functions (such as information systems, finance and accounting, human resources, legal and marketing). Prior year information has been reclassified to conform with current year presentation.


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004					2003
	Revenue		Operating Income			Revenue		Operating Income
Public Services	$	353,403	$	87,998		$	276,707	$	77,224
Communications & Content		60,394		6,276			88,407		21,570
Financial Services		67,232		10,894			59,056		12,306
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		111,754		17,757			136,833		30,208
EMEA		153,934		13,027			157,607		8,844
Asia Pacific		91,637		15,300			83,990		9,359
Latin America		20,950		3,326			16,093		3,729
Corporate/Other (1)		1,737		(139,573	)		177		(142,514	)

Total	$	861,041	$	15,005		$	818,870	$	20,726

(1)	Corporate/Other operating loss is principally due to infrastructure and shared services costs.

Note 4. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004			2003
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	2,153		$	4,141
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		(529	)		—

Net income		1,624			4,141
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax (a)		(20,461	)		35,768
Minimum pension liability adjustment		(63	)		—
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax		(39	)		(39	)

Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(18,939	)	$	39,870

(a)	Movement in the foreign currency translation adjustment is primarily due to exchange-rate fluctuations of the Euro against the U.S. dollar.

F-6

BearingPoint, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

Note 5. Earnings Per Share of Common Stock

Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus the dilutive effect of potential future issues of common stock relating to the Company’s stock option program and other potentially dilutive securities. In calculating diluted earnings per share, the dilutive effect of stock options is computed using the average market price for the period in accordance with the treasury stock method.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004			2003
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	2,153		$	4,141
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		(529	)		—

Net income	$	1,624		$	4,141

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic		195,258,684			190,287,455
Assumed exercise of stock options		2,945,052			39,767

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted		198,203,736			190,327,222

Earnings per share—basic and diluted	$	0.01		$	0.02

Common shares related to outstanding stock options and other potentially dilutive securities that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as the effect would have been anti-dilutive were 31,065,000 and 51,706,610 for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Note 6. Change in Estimate

During the quarter ended December 31, 2002, the Company decreased the expected remaining useful life of certain systems applications used as part of its infrastructure operations. The decrease in the expected remaining useful life was a result of the Company’s continued build-out of certain infrastructure functions scheduled to be completed in the first half of 2004, which upon completion will replace the existing applications. This change in estimate resulted in a charge to net income of $1,182 (net of tax), or $0.01 per share, for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and $1,775 (net of tax), or $0.01 per share, for the three months ended March 31, 2003.

Note 7. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Agreements

The Company has borrowings outstanding under bank credit facilities, which carry variable interest rates. These debt obligations expose the Company to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest expense decreases.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2002, the Company replaced its $220,000 short-term revolving credit facility used to fund acquisitions with fixed rate debt. In anticipation of this refinancing, the Company entered into treasury rate locks on $125,000 of five-year debt. The treasury locks are derivative instruments as

F-7

BearingPoint, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

defined by SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” and have been designated as highly effective cash flow hedges. On November 6, 2002, the treasury locks were settled resulting in a gain of $787, which will be reclassified into interest expense over the term of the debt. The gain on the treasury locks converts fixed rate cash flows from 6.71% to approximately 6.56% on $125,000 of the debt.

The unamortized gain related to the treasury locks included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of March 31, 2004 was approximately $577, of which approximately $157 will be reclassified into interest expense over the next twelve months.

Note 8. Transactions with KPMG LLP

On February 13, 2001, the Company and KPMG LLP entered into a transition services agreement whereby the Company receives and is charged for infrastructure services (i.e., facilities management, technology-related services, and other administrative and executive functions) performed by KPMG LLP. The allocation of costs to the Company for such services is based on actual costs incurred by KPMG LLP and are allocated among KPMG LLP’s assurance and tax businesses and the Company primarily on the basis of full-time equivalent personnel and actual usage (specific identification). With regard to facilities costs, the Company and KPMG LLP have entered into various other arrangements pursuant to which the Company subleases office space and receives certain office related support services from KPMG LLP.

In connection with the winding down and termination of services provided by KPMG LLP prior to the expiration of the transition services agreement, the Company is obligated to pay to KPMG LLP any “termination costs” incurred as a result of KPMG LLP having made certain investments in systems, personnel and other assets that were used in KPMG LLP’s shared infrastructure and national support capabilities. KPMG LLP and the Company have agreed to work together to minimize any termination costs in connection with the winding down and termination of such services (see Note 12).

Effective February 9, 2004, the Company and KPMG LLP entered into a Field Technology Support Services agreement under which KPMG LLP provides certain office based technology support services to the Company’s U.S. offices. Services under the Field Technology Support Services agreement will be provided for a term of one year (with an option to renew for an additional year) at a cost that is less than the cost for comparable services which previously were provided under the transition services agreement.

Total expenses allocated to the Company with regard to occupancy costs and other infrastructure services were as follows:


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004		2003
Occupancy costs	$	6,167	$	5,643
Other infrastructure service costs		13,911		19,121

Total	$	20,078	$	24,764

Amounts included in:
Other costs of service	$	6,167	$	5,643
Selling, general and administrative expenses		13,911		19,121

Total	$	20,078	$	24,764

F-8

BearingPoint, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

During the three months ended March 31, 2004, the Company purchased $1,547 of equipment from KPMG LLP. Based on information currently available, the Company anticipates paying KPMG LLP approximately $40,000—$60,000 for the sale and transfer of additional capital assets (such as computer equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements). Currently, the Company is charged for the use of such assets by usage charges that are included in the monthly costs under the transition services agreement.

Note 9. Capital Stock and Option Awards

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has several stock-based employee compensation plans. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards issued to employees by applying the intrinsic value method, whereby the difference between the quoted market price as of the date of grant and the contractual purchase price of shares is charged to operations over the vesting period. The Company generally recognizes no compensation expense with respect to stock-based awards issued to employees, as all options granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans have exercise prices equal to the market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant. With respect to restricted stock and other awards, compensation expense is measured based on the fair value of such awards as of the grant date and charged to expense using the straight-line method over the period of restriction or vesting period.

Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required assuming the Company had accounted for its stock-based awards to employees under the fair value method and amortized as a charge to earnings the estimated fair value of options and other stock awards over the awards’ vesting period. The weighted average fair value of stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 was $6.33 and $4.93, respectively. The fair value of options granted was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:


	Stock Price Expected Volatility		Risk-Free Interest Rate		Expected Life	Expected Dividend Yield
Three months ended March 31, 2004	66.31	%	3.26	%	6	0
Three months ended March 31, 2003	72.00	%	2.91	%	6	0

The fair value of the Company’s common stock purchased under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) was estimated for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and an expected volatility of 70.0%, risk-free interest rates ranging from 1.03% to 1.75%, an expected life ranging from six to eighteen months and an expected dividend yield of zero. The weighted average fair value of share purchase rights under the ESPP was $3.36 and $6.42 for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-9

BearingPoint, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value method for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003:


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004			2003
Net income	$	1,624		$	4,141
Add back:
Total stock based compensation expense recorded under intrinsic value method for all stock awards, net of tax effects		1,990			1,884
Deduct:
Total stock based compensation expense recorded under fair value method for all stock awards, net of tax effects		(23,383	)		(23,834	)

Pro forma net loss	$	(19,769	)	$	(17,809	)

Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic and diluted—as reported	$	0.01		$	0.02

Basic and diluted—pro forma	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.09	)

Stock Awards

In connection with the purchase business acquisitions (referred to in this Form 10-Q as “acquisitions”) relating to all or portions of certain Andersen Business Consulting practices, the Company committed to the issuance of approximately 3,000,000 shares of common stock (net of forfeitures) to former partners of those practices as a retentive measure. The stock awards have no purchase price and are issued as to one-third of the shares on the first three anniversaries of the acquisition of the relevant consulting practice, so long as the recipient remains employed by the Company. Compensation expense is being recorded ratably over the three-year service period beginning in July 2002. Compensation expense was $3,014 and $2,765 for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. As of March 31, 2004, 1,240,387 shares of common stock have been issued.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company’s ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a discount, through accumulated payroll deductions of 1% to 15% of their compensation, up to a maximum of $25. Under the ESPP, shares of the Company’s common stock are purchased at 85% of the lesser of the fair market value at the beginning of the twenty-four month offering period, the fair market value at the beginning of each six-month purchase period or the fair market value at the end of each six-month purchase period ending on July 31 and January 31, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, employees purchased a total of 1,842,894 shares for $12,502.

F-10

BearingPoint, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

Note 10. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, at the reporting unit level, for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are as follows:


	Balance December 31, 2003		Additions		Other (a)			Balance March 31, 2004
Public Services	$	23,581	$	—	$	—		$	23,581
Communications & Content		24,357		—		—			24,357
Financial Services		9,210		—		—			9,210
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		39,831		—		—			39,831
EMEA		814,581		—		(20,364	)		794,217
Asia Pacific		68,660		—		1,291			69,951
Latin America		800		—		—			800
Corporate/Other		202		—		—			202

Total	$	981,222	$	—	$	(19,073	)	$	962,149

(a)	Other changes in goodwill consist primarily of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Identifiable intangible assets include finite-lived intangible assets, which primarily consist of market rights, order backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships. Identifiable intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their expected period of benefit, which generally ranges from one to five years. Identifiable intangible assets consist of the following:


	March 31, 2004			December 31, 2003
Identifiable intangible assets:
Customer-related intangibles:
Backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships	$	59,600		$	60,822

Market-related intangibles:
Market rights		12,017			12,017
Trade name		1,771			1,811

Total market-related intangibles		13,788			13,828

Total other intangibles		73,388			74,650
Accumulated amortization:
Customer-related intangibles:
Backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships		(58,393	)		(59,380	)

Market-related intangibles:
Market rights		(6,582	)		(5,924	)
Trade name		(1,424	)		(1,190	)

Total market-related accumulated amortization		(8,006	)		(7,114	)

Total accumulated amortization		(66,399	)		(66,494	)

Other intangible assets, net	$	6,989		$	8,156

F-11

BearingPoint, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

Amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets was $1,095 and $12,396 for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Note 11. Reduction in Workforce and Lease and Facilities Charges

In connection with the Company’s previously announced office space reduction effort, the Company recorded a $3,572 restructuring charge during the three months ended March 31, 2004 related to lease, facility and other exit activities, primarily in the North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions. The $3,572 charge, recorded within the Corporate/Other operating segment, included $1,923 related to the fair value of future lease obligations (net of estimated sublease income), $250 representing the unamortized cost of fixed assets and $1,399 in other costs associated with exiting facilities. The Company expects to incur additional lease and facilities related restructuring charges of approximately $5,000-$9,000 during the second quarter of calendar year 2004 as the Company continues to eliminate excess capacity and align its office space with its current workforce and the needs of the business. The Company expects to incur total lease and facilities related restructuring charges under the current office space reduction effort of approximately $70,000-$74,000, of which $65,258 has been incurred to date. As of March 31, 2004, the Company has a remaining lease and facilities accrual of $53,749, of which $22,426 and $31,323 have been identified as current and noncurrent portions, respectively. The remaining lease and facilities accrual will be paid over the remaining lease terms.

As of March 31, 2004, the Company’s remaining severance accrual represents unpaid severance and termination benefits related to reduction in workforce charges recorded during the six months ended December 31, 2003. The remaining severance accrual is expected to be paid by the end of calendar year 2004.

Changes in the Company’s accrual for restructuring charges for the three months ended March 31, 2004 were as follows:


	Severance			Lease and Facilities			Total
Balance at December 31, 2003	$	2,338		$	55,513		$	57,851
2004 charges		—			3,572			3,572
Payments		(1,408	)		(5,424	)		(6,832	)
Other (a)		(32	)		88			56

Balance at March 31, 2004	$	898		$	53,749		$	54,647

(a)	Other changes in the restructuring accrual consist primarily of foreign currency translation and other adjustments.

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is involved in legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Additionally, under its contracts with the U.S. Government, the Company is subject to audit by the Defense Contract Audit Agency, which could result in adjustments of amounts previously billed. Currently, all years subsequent to fiscal year ended June 30, 1999 remain subject to audit. Based on its current assessment, management believes that the Company’s financial statements included adequate provision for estimated costs and losses that may ultimately be incurred with regard to such matters. In connection with the separation, the Company indemnified KPMG LLP and its partners for any liabilities or losses relating to the Company or

F-12

BearingPoint, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

otherwise assigned to the Company. Similarly, KPMG LLP and its partners indemnified the Company for any liabilities or losses relating to or otherwise assigned to KPMG LLP’s assurance and tax businesses.

Transition Services Provided by KPMG LLP: In connection with winding down and terminating services provided by KPMG LLP under the transition services agreement, the Company is potentially liable for the payment of termination costs, as defined in the agreement, incurred by KPMG LLP in connection with winding down and terminating such services. KPMG LLP and the Company have agreed that during the term of the transition services agreement (which terminated on February 8, 2004 for most non-technology services and terminates no later than February 8, 2005 for technology-related services and limited non-technology services), the parties will work together to minimize any termination costs (including transitioning personnel and contracts from KPMG LLP to the Company), and the Company will wind down its receipt of services from KPMG LLP and develop its own internal infrastructure and support capabilities or seek third party providers for such services.

The amount of termination costs that the Company will pay to KPMG LLP depends upon the timing of service terminations, the ability of the parties to work together to minimize the costs, and the amount of payments required under existing contracts with third parties for services provided to the Company by KPMG LLP and which can continue to be obtained directly by the Company thereafter. There were no termination costs during the three months ended March 31, 2004. The amount of termination costs that the Company will pay to KPMG LLP under the transition services agreement with respect to services that are terminated after March 31, 2004 cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The Company believes that the amount of termination costs yet to be assessed will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, cash flows or liquidity. Whether such amounts could have a material effect on the results of operations in a particular quarter or fiscal year cannot be determined at this time.

Other Commitments: In the normal course of business, the Company has indemnified third parties and has commitments and guarantees under which it may be required to make payments in certain circumstances. The Company accounts for these indemnities, commitments, and guarantees in accordance with FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” These indemnities, commitments and guarantees include: indemnities of KPMG LLP with respect to the consulting business that was transferred to the Company in January 2000; indemnities to third parties in connection with performance bonds; its indemnities to various lessors in connection with facility leases; indemnities to customers related to intellectual property and performance services subcontracted to other providers; and indemnities to directors and officers under the organizational documents of the Company. The duration of these indemnities, commitments and guarantees varies, and in certain cases, is indefinite. Certain of these indemnities, commitments and guarantees do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments the Company could be obligated to make. As of March 31, 2004, the Company has approximately $151,120 of outstanding bid and performance bonds and $34,824 of outstanding letters of credit for which it may be required to make future payment. The Company has never incurred material costs to settle claims or defend lawsuits related to these indemnities, commitments and guarantees. As a result, the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, no liabilities have been recorded for these agreements as of March 31, 2004.

F-13

BearingPoint, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

Note 13. Pension and Postretirement Benefits


	Three Months Ended March 31, 2004
Components of net periodic pension cost
Service cost	$	1,422
Interest cost		1,056
Expected return on plan assets		(240	)
Amortization of loss		3
Amortization of prior service cost		191

Net periodic pension cost	$	2,432


	Three Months Ended March 31, 2004
Components of postretirement medical cost
Service cost	$	254
Interest cost		101
Amortization of prior service cost		115

Net periodic postretirement medical cost	$	470

The Company has made $753 of cash contributions to its defined benefit pension plans during the three months ended March 31, 2004. The Company expects to make additional cash contributions of approximately $2,200 to its defined benefit pension plans during the remainder of 2004.

Note 14. Subsequent Events

During 2001, several major accounting and consulting firms, including the Company, were named as parties to a complaint filed in the Chancery Court of Miller County, Arkansas. The complaint involved a dispute over rebates and other sums received by the defendants relating to travel expenses incurred on behalf of the defendants’ clients. At a mediation held on January 15, 2004, the Company agreed to settle this case by contributing coupons and cash to provide a maximum settlement pool of $17,000, which will be divided between the plaintiffs and their lawyers. The coupons are redeemable for either Company services or, at the client’s election, 60 cents for every dollar in coupons. On April 2, 2004, the Court gave preliminary approval to the proposed settlement. Claim forms were mailed to the class of clients on May 3, 2004.

* * * * *

F-14

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

of BearingPoint, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BearingPoint, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the year ended June 30, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. The consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2002 and for the two year period then ended were audited by other auditors whose report dated August 6, 2002, except for Note 2, under the subheading “Stock-Based Compensation,” as to which the date is September 29, 2003, and Note 21, as to which the date is April 12, 2004, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

McLean, Virginia

April 15, 2004

F-15

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

BearingPoint, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of BearingPoint, Inc. (formerly KPMG Consulting, Inc.) as of June 30, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2002 and 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of management of BearingPoint, Inc. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company has restated its 2002 and 2001 pro forma net loss and loss per share disclosures required by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of BearingPoint, Inc. as of June 30, 2002, and the consolidated results of their operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2002 and 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 5 of the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”) on July 1, 2001.

GRANT THORNTON LLP

New York, New York

August 6, 2002 except for Note 2,

under the subheading “Stock-Based Compensation”,

as to which the date is September 29, 2003 and

Note 21, as to which the date is April 12, 2004

F-16

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share amounts)


	December 31, 2003			June 30, 2003			June 30, 2002
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	122,723		$	121,790		$	222,636
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $17,240 at December 31, 2003, $18,727 at June 30, 2003 and $28,645 at June 30, 2002		357,620			377,422			246,792
Unbilled revenue		293,559			190,918			128,883
Deferred income taxes		35,291			36,195			27,390
Prepaid expenses		29,135			30,932			18,743
Other current assets		23,953			17,476			21,808

Total current assets		862,281			774,733			666,252
Property and equipment, net		203,341			208,785			125,928
Goodwill		981,222			1,024,830			87,663
Other intangible assets, net		8,156			18,883			10,211
Deferred income taxes, less current portion		50,539			24,606			14,604
Other assets		23,908			14,567			9,512

Total assets	$	2,129,447		$	2,066,404		$	914,170


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of notes payable	$	9,345		$	8,364		$	1,846
Accounts payable		197,975			103,102			62,810
Accrued payroll and employee benefits		175,830			213,046			130,554
Deferred revenue		72,473			50,752			19,072
Income tax payable		21,082			39,857			—
Current portion of accrued lease and facilities charge		22,048			5,283			—
Deferred income taxes		4,268			—			—
Other current liabilities		126,375			110,063			85,732

Total current liabilities		629,396			530,467			300,014
Notes payable, less current portion		238,883			268,812			—
Accrued employee benefits		62,821			47,501			—
Accrued lease and facilities charge, less current portion		33,465			4,884			—
Deferred income taxes, less current portion		4,549			3,280			—
Other liabilities		28,675			21,807			12,286

Total liabilities		997,789			876,751			312,300


Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value 10,000,000 shares authorized		—			—			—
Common Stock, $.01 par value 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 198,295,364 shares issued and 194,483,114 shares outstanding on December 31, 2003, 195,475,392 shares issued and 191,663,142 shares outstanding on June 30, 2003 and 161,478,409 shares issued and 157,666,159 shares outstanding on June 30, 2002		1,973			1,945			1,605
Additional paid-in capital		1,105,631			1,087,203			689,210
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)		(157,804	)		7,963			(41,421	)
Notes receivable from stockholders		(9,114	)		(9,136	)		(10,151	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		226,699			137,405			(1,646	)
Treasury stock, at cost (3,812,250 shares)		(35,727	)		(35,727	)		(35,727	)

Total stockholders’ equity		1,131,658			1,189,653			601,870

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	2,129,447		$	2,066,404		$	914,170

The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-17

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30,
	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			2003			2002			2001
Revenue	$	1,554,431		$	3,139,277		$	2,367,627		$	2,855,824

Costs of service:
Professional compensation		689,770			1,422,691			940,829			1,084,751
Other direct contract expenses		420,444			721,217			592,634			751,951
Lease and facilities charges		61,686			17,592			—			—
Impairment charge		—			—			23,914			7,827
Other costs of service		129,507			262,506			209,398			296,548

Total costs of service		1,301,407			2,424,006			1,766,775			2,141,077

Gross profit		253,024			715,271			600,852			714,747
Amortization of purchased intangible assets		10,651			44,702			3,014			—
Amortization of goodwill		—			—			—			18,176
Goodwill impairment charge		127,326			—			—			—
Selling, general and administrative expenses		273,775			556,097			464,806			475,090

Operating income (loss)		(158,728	)		114,472			133,032			221,481
Interest income		646			2,346			3,144			2,386
Interest expense		(7,233	)		(15,075	)		(2,248	)		(17,175	)
Gain on sale of assets		—			—			—			6,867
Equity in losses of affiliate and loss on redemption of equity interest in affiliate		—			—			—			(76,019	)
Other income (expense), net		2,379			(2,677	)		658			(692	)

Income (loss) before taxes		(162,936	)		99,066			134,586			136,848
Income tax expense		2,831			57,759			81,524			101,897

Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		(165,767	)		41,307			53,062			34,951
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—			—			(79,960	)		—

Net income (loss)		(165,767	)		41,307			(26,898	)		34,951
Dividend on Series A Preferred Stock		—			—			—			(31,672	)
Preferred stock conversion discount		—			—			—			(131,250	)

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders	$	(165,767	)	$	41,307		$	(26,898	)	$	(127,971	)

Earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted:
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle applicable to common stockholders	$	(0.86	)	$	0.22		$	0.34		$	(1.19	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		—			—			(0.51	)		—

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders	$	(0.86	)	$	0.22		$	(0.17	)	$	(1.19	)

Weighted average shares—basic		193,596,759			185,461,995			157,559,989			107,884,143

Weighted average shares—diluted		193,596,759			185,637,693			158,715,730			107,884,143

The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-18

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)


	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital (Deficit)			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Notes Receivable from Stockholders			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Treasury Stock					Total
	Shares Issued		Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital (Deficit)			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Notes Receivable from Stockholders						Shares		Amount			Total
Balance at June 30, 2000	76,880		$	759	$	(643,415	)	$	(17,802	)	$	(5,845	)	$	(1,272	)	—		$	—		$	(667,575	)
Cash dividend on Series A Preferred Stock	—			—		—			(31,672	)		—			—		—			—			(31,672	)
Issuance of stock in exchange for KPMG LLP’s 0.5% interest in our operating subsidiary	433			4		(4	)		—			—			—		—			—			—
Initial public offering proceeds, net of transaction costs	34,244			342		563,150			—			—			—		—			—			563,492
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock	44,607			446		802,475			—			—			—		—			—			802,921
Preferred stock conversion discount	—			—		(131,250	)		—			—			—		—			—			(131,250	)
Conversion of acquisition obligations	2,455			25		65,337			—			—			—		—			—			65,362
Shares retired	(50	)		—		—			—			—			—		—			—			—
Notes receivable from stockholders, including $517 in interest	—			—		—			—			(2,105	)		—		—			—			(2,105	)
Comprehensive income:
Net income	—			—		—			34,951			—			—		—			—			34,951
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—			—		—			—			—			(2,012	)	—			—			(2,012	)

Total comprehensive income	—			—		—			—			—			—		—			—			32,939

Balance at June 30, 2001	158,569			1,576		656,293			(14,523	)		(7,950	)		(3,284	)	—			—			632,112
Exercise of stock options under Long-Term Incentive Plan, including tax benefit of $181	209			2		3,782			—			—			—		—			—			3,784
Transfer of shares in trust to treasury	—			—		—			—			—			—		(999	)		—			—
Common stock repurchased	—			—		—			—			—			—		(2,813	)		(35,727	)		(35,727	)
Sale of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including tax benefit of $995	2,280			23		27,273			—			—			—		—			—			27,296
Compensation recognized under Long-Term Incentive Plan for restricted stock	420			4		1,862			—			—			—		—			—			1,866
Notes receivable from stockholders, including $529 in interest	—			—		—			—			(2,201	)		—		—			—			(2,201	)
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss	—			—		—			(26,898	)		—			—		—			—			(26,898	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—			—		—			—			—			1,638		—			—			1,638

Total comprehensive loss	—			—		—			—			—			—		—			—			(25,260	)

Balance at June 30, 2002	161,478			1,605		689,210			(41,421	)		(10,151	)		(1,646	)	(3,812	)		(35,727	)		601,870

The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-19

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY—(Continued)

(in thousands)


	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital (Deficit)			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Notes Receivable from Stockholders			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Treasury Stock					Total
	Shares Issued		Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital (Deficit)			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Notes Receivable from Stockholders						Shares		Amount			Total
Balance at June 30, 2002	161,478			1,605		689,210			(41,421	)		(10,151	)		(1,646	)	(3,812	)		(35,727	)		601,870
Adjustment relating to notes receivable from stockholders	—			—		(9,068	)		8,077			991			—		—			—			—
Sale of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including tax benefit of $804	3,548			35		27,695			—			—			—		—			—			27,730
Notes receivable from stockholders, including $72 in interest and repayment of loan	—			—		—			—			24			—		—			—			24
Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition of KPMG Consulting AG (BE Germany)	30,471			305		364,132			—			—			—		—			—			364,437
Restricted stock awards to board of directors	20			—		157			—			—			—		—			—			157
Compensation recognized under Long-Term Incentive Plan for restricted stock, net of tax benefit of $16	—			—		1,546			—			—			—		—			—			1,546
Compensation recognized for stock awards related to transactions involving Andersen Business Consulting	8			—		13,531			—			—			—		—			—			13,531
Forfeiture of restricted stock	(50	)		—		—			—			—			—		—			—			—
Comprehensive income:
Net income	—			—		—			41,307			—			—		—			—			41,307
Derivative instruments, net of tax	—			—		—			—			—			411		—			—			411
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—			—		—			—			—			138,640		—			—			138,640

Total comprehensive income	—			—		—			—			—			—		—			—			180,358

Balance at June 30, 2003	195,475			1,945		1,087,203			7,963			(9,136	)		137,405		(3,812	)		(35,727	)		1,189,653
Exercise of stock options under Long-Term Incentive Plan, net of tax benefit of $7	9			—		67			—			—			—		—			—			67
Sale of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan, net of tax benefit of $1,033	1,561			16		11,483			—			—			—		—			—			11,499
Notes receivable from stockholders, including $36 in interest and repayment of loan	—			—		—			—			22			—		—			—			22
Restricted stock awards to board of directors	56			—		451			—			—			—		—			—			451
Compensation recognized under Long-Term Incentive Plan for restricted stock, net of tax benefit of $28	—			—		698			—			—			—		—			—			698
Compensation recognized for stock awards related to transactions involving Andersen Business Consulting, net of tax of $928	1,232			12		5,729			—			—			—		—			—			5,741
Forfeiture of restricted stock	(10	)		—		—			—			—			—		—			—			—
Forfeiture of Founders’ shares	(28	)		—		—			—			—			—		—			—			—
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss	—			—		—			(165,767	)		—			—		—			—			(165,767	)
Derivative instruments, net of tax	—			—		—			—			—			(79	)	—			—			(79	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—			—		—			—			—			89,373		—			—			89,373

Total comprehensive loss																							(76,473	)

Balance at December 31, 2003	198,295		$	1,973	$	1,105,631		$	(157,804	)	$	(9,114	)	$	226,699		(3,812	)	$	(35,727	)	$	1,131,658

The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-20

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30,
	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			2003			2002			2001
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	(165,767	)	$	41,307		$	(26,898	)	$	34,951
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities:
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—			—			79,960			—
Equity in losses of affiliate and loss on redemption of equity interest in affiliate		—			—			—			76,019
Deferred income taxes		(19,257	)		(22,461	)		(7,286	)		(13,213	)
Gain on sale of assets		—			—			—			(6,867	)
Debt conversion discount		—			—			—			1,698
Stock awards		7,818			15,217			1,862			—
Impairment of goodwill		127,326			—			—			—
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment		37,141			71,501			46,306			42,846
Amortization of purchased intangible assets		10,651			44,284			3,014			—
Amortization of goodwill		—			—			—			18,176
Lease and facilities charges		61,686			—			—			—
Impairment charge		—			—			23,914			7,827
Minority interests		—			—			—			140
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		32,578			1,195			132,054			(51,864	)
Unbilled revenue		(97,558	)		(26,384	)		52,990			59,180
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(601	)		4,198			35,795			(1,190	)
Other assets		(11,206	)		509			2,999			1,321
Accrued payroll and employee benefits		(42,612	)		(42,205	)		(47,561	)		27,519
Accounts payable and other current liabilities		87,600			50,311			(29,914	)		(38,945	)
Distribution payable to managing directors		—			—			—			(73,230	)
Other liabilities		15,819			16,510			(416	)		—

Net cash provided by operating activities:		43,618			153,982			266,819			84,368

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment		(34,889	)		(126,070	)		(50,603	)		(74,888	)
Businesses acquired, net of cash acquired		—			(422,247	)		(33,203	)		(13,599	)
Investment in affiliate		—			—			—			(9,945	)
Purchases of equity investments		—			—			(2,234	)		(7,500	)

Net cash used in investing activities:		(34,889	)		(548,317	)		(86,040	)		(105,932	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		10,526			26,927			29,908			563,492
Repurchases of common stock		—			—			(35,727	)		—
Proceeds from notes payable		226,271			1,647,045			—			283
Repayment of notes payable		(257,578	)		(1,380,595	)		(13,512	)		(54,670	)
Repayment of acquisition obligations		—			—			—			(42,033	)
Repayment of Series A Preferred Stock		—			—			—			(378,329	)
Increase (decrease) in book overdrafts		8,183			(2,447	)		(28,374	)		26,563
Repurchase of minority interest in subsidiary		—			—			(2,093	)		(1,914	)
Notes receivable from stockholders		22			95			(1,672	)		(1,588	)
Dividends paid on Series A Preferred Stock		—			—			—			(44,754	)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities:		(12,576	)		291,025			(51,470	)		67,050

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		4,780			2,464			—			—

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		933			(100,846	)		129,309			45,486
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period		121,790			222,636			93,327			47,841

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period	$	122,723		$	121,790		$	222,636		$	93,327

Supplementary cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	8,751		$	15,355		$	1,351		$	20,900

Taxes paid	$	40,695		$	42,255		$	62,975		$	149,585

Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities:
Issuance of common stock for business acquisition	$	—		$	364,437		$	—		$	—
Acquisition obligations from business acquisition	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	42,880
Conversion of acquisition obligations to common stock	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	65,362
Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock to common stock	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	802,921
Series A Preferred Stock conversion discount	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(131,250	)

The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-21

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Description of the Business and Basis of Presentation

BearingPoint, Inc. (the “Company”) is a large business consulting, systems integration and managed services firm with approximately 15,000 employees at December 31, 2003 serving Global 2000 companies, medium-sized businesses, government agencies and other organizations. The Company provides business and technology strategy, systems design, architecture, applications implementation, network, systems integration and managed services. The Company’s service offerings are designed to help its clients generate revenue, reduce costs and access the information necessary to operate their business on a timely basis. The Company delivers consulting and systems integration services through industry groups in which it possesses significant industry-specific knowledge. These industry groups consist of Public Services, Communications & Content, Financial Services and Consumer, Industrial and Technology (representing the integration of the former High Technology and Consumer and Industrial Markets industry groups). In addition, the Company has existing multinational operations in North America, Latin America, the Asia Pacific region, and Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”).

On January 17, 2001, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved a reverse stock split of approximately one for 5.045 effective immediately prior to its initial public offering. All share and per share amounts reflect this reverse stock split.

During February 2001, the Company sold approximately 34,200,000 shares of common stock in an initial public offering, and a selling stockholder (KPMG LLP) sold an additional 95,100,000 shares of common stock (including approximately 29,200,000 shares of common stock that were issued in connection with the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock that was purchased by KPMG LLP), for a total offering of approximately 129,300,000 shares. In connection with the initial public offering, the Company also repurchased approximately 1,400,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for $378,329 in cash, and the remaining shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted into approximately 15,400,000 shares of common stock. The Company’s proceeds from the initial public offering, net of underwriting discount of $24,655 and the pro rata portion of other expenses of the offering of $28,239, were $563,492. Of the net proceeds, $378,329 was used to repurchase approximately 1,400,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $112,000 was used to repay all the Company’s outstanding indebtedness to KPMG LLP, and $70,000 was used to repay bank loans.

On February 2, 2004, the Company’s board of directors approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year end from a twelve-month period ending June 30 to a twelve-month period ending December 31. As a requirement of this change, the consolidated financial statements include presentation of the transition period beginning on July 1, 2003 and ending on December 31, 2003.

F-22

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The following table presents certain financial information for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.


	Six Months Ended December 31,
	2003			2002
				(unaudited)
Revenue	$	1,554,431		$	1,540,272

Costs of service:
Professional compensation		689,770			689,009
Other direct contract expenses		420,444			341,663
Lease and facilities charge		61,686			2,265
Other costs of service		129,507			139,001

Total costs of service		1,301,407			1,171,938

Gross profit		253,024			368,334
Amortization of purchased intangible assets		10,651			19,334
Goodwill impairment charge		127,326			—
Selling, general and administrative expenses		273,775			283,581

Operating income (loss)		(158,728	)		65,419
Interest/Other income (expense), net		(4,208	)		(4,615	)

Income (loss) before taxes		(162,936	)		60,804
Income tax expense		2,831			33,944

Net income (loss)	$	(165,767	)	$	26,860

Earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted	$	(0.86	)	$	0.15

Weighted average shares—basic		193,596,759			180,278,748

Weighted average shares—diluted		193,596,759			180,408,595

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

Reclassifications

To conform to current period presentation, book overdrafts for all prior periods have been reclassified from cash and cash equivalents to other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. In addition, book overdrafts for all prior periods have been presented as a financing activity on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Certain other prior period amounts have also been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. Such reclassifications were immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

F-23

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Segments

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise engaging in business activities about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision-maker, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. Through fiscal year 2002, the Company conducted operations within five reportable segments. The Company’s reportable segments were representative of the five major industry groups in which the Company had industry-specific knowledge. Upon completion of a series of international acquisitions during the first quarter of fiscal year 2003, the Company established three international operating segments (EMEA and the Asia Pacific and Latin America regions). Effective July 1, 2003, the Company combined its Consumer and Industrial Markets and High Technology industry groups to form the Consumer, Industrial and Technology industry group. For the six months ended December 31, 2003, the Company has seven reportable segments in addition to the Corporate/Other category (which consists primarily of infrastructure costs). Upon consolidation all intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Inter-segment revenue is not included in the measure of profit or loss and total assets for each reportable segment. Prior year segment information has been reclassified to reflect current period presentation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Management’s estimates and assumptions are derived from and continually evaluated based upon available information, judgment and experience. Management’s estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, estimates of collectibility of accounts receivable and unbilled revenue, costs to complete engagements, the realizability of goodwill and other intangible assets, accrued liabilities and other reserves, income taxes and other factors. Management has exercised reasonableness in deriving these estimates. However, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company earns revenue from a range of consulting services, including, but not limited to, business and technology strategy, systems design, architecture, applications implementation, network infrastructure, systems integration and managed services. Revenue includes all amounts that are billed or billable to clients, including out-of-pocket costs such as travel and subsistence for client service professional staff, costs of hardware and software and costs of subcontractors (collectively referred to as “other direct contract expenses”). Unbilled revenue consists of recognized recoverable costs and accrued profits on contracts for which billings had not been presented to the clients as of the balance sheet date. Management anticipates that the collection of these amounts will occur within one year of the balance sheet date, with the exception of approximately $19,100 related to various long-term government agencies’ contracts. Billings in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue until the applicable revenue recognition criteria are met.

Services: The Company enters into long-term, fixed-price, time-and-materials, and cost-plus contracts to design, develop or modify multifaceted client-specific information technology systems. Such arrangements represent a significant portion of the Company’s business and are accounted for in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts.” Arrangements accounted for under SOP 81-1 must have a binding, legally enforceable contract in place before revenue can be recognized. Revenue under fixed-price contracts is generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method based upon costs to the client incurred as a percentage of the total estimated

F-24

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

costs to the client. Revenue under time-and-materials contracts is based on fixed billable rates for hours delivered plus reimbursable costs. Revenue under cost-plus contracts is recognized based upon reimbursable costs incurred plus estimated fees earned thereon.

The Company also enters into fixed-price and time-and-materials contracts to provide general business consulting services, including, but not limited to, systems selection or assessment, feasibility studies, and business valuation and corporate strategy services. Such arrangements are accounted for in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” as amended by SAB No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.” Revenue from such arrangements is recognized when: i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, ii) the fee is fixed or determinable, iii) services have been rendered and payment has been contractually earned, and iv) collectibility of the related receivable or unbilled revenue is reasonably assured.

The Company periodically performs reviews of estimated revenue and costs on all of its contracts at an individual engagement level to assess if they are consistent with initial assumptions. Any changes to estimates are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the change is identified. Losses on contracts are recognized when identified. Circumstances that could potentially result in contract losses over the life of the contract include decreases in volumes of transactions or other inputs/outputs on which the Company is paid, failure to deliver agreed benefits, variances from planned internal/external costs to deliver its services, and other factors affecting revenues and costs. Additionally, the Company enters into arrangements in which it manages, staffs, maintains, hosts or otherwise runs solutions and systems provided to the client. Revenue from these types of arrangements is typically recognized on a ratable basis as earned over the term of the service period.

Software: The Company enters into a limited number of software licensing arrangements. The Company recognizes software license fee revenue in accordance with the provisions of SOP 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” and its related interpretations. Software licensing arrangements typically include multiple elements, such as software products, post-contract customer support, and consulting and training services. The aggregate arrangement fee is allocated to each of the undelivered elements based upon vendor-specific evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), with the residual of the arrangement fee allocated to the delivered elements. VSOE for each individual element is determined based upon prices charged to customers when these elements are sold separately. Fees allocated to each software element of the arrangement are recognized as revenue when the following criteria have been met: i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, ii) delivery of the product has occurred, iii) the license fee is fixed or determinable, and iv) collectibility of the related receivable is probable. If evidence of fair value of the undelivered elements of the arrangement does not exist, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time evidence of fair value does exist, or until all elements of the arrangement are delivered. Fees allocated to post-contract customer support are recognized as revenue ratably over the term of the support period. Fees allocated to other services are recognized as revenue as the services are performed. Revenue from monthly license charge or hosting arrangements is recognized on a subscription basis over the period in which the client uses the product.

Multiple-Element Arrangements for Service Offerings: In certain arrangements, the Company enters into contracts that include the delivery of a combination of two or more of its service offerings. Such arrangements are accounted for in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” Typically, such multiple-element arrangements incorporate the design, development or modification of systems and an ongoing obligation to manage, staff, maintain, host or otherwise run solutions and systems provided to the client. Such contracts are divided into separate units of accounting and the total arrangement fee is allocated to each unit based on its relative fair value. Revenue is recognized separately, and in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policy, for each element.

F-25

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Costs of Service

Costs of service generally include professional compensation and other direct contract expenses, as well as costs attributable to the support of client service professional staff, depreciation and amortization costs related to assets used in revenue generating activities, bad debt expense relating to accounts receivable, and other costs attributable to serving the Company’s client base. Professional compensation consists of payroll costs and related benefits associated with client service professional staff (including costs associated with reductions in workforce). Other direct contract expenses include costs directly attributable to client engagements. These costs include out-of-pocket costs such as travel and subsistence for client service professional staff, costs of hardware and software and costs of subcontractors. Most of the Company’s research and development activities have been incurred pursuant to specific client contracts and, accordingly, have been expensed as costs of service as incurred.

Lease and Facilities Charges

The lease and facilities charges represent the fair value of future lease obligations (net of estimated sublease income), the unamortized cost of fixed assets and the other costs incurred associated with the Company’s office space reduction efforts.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include expenses related to marketing, information systems, depreciation and amortization, finance and accounting, human resources, sales force, and other functions related to managing and growing the Company’s business. Advertising costs are expensed when advertisements are first placed or run. Advertising expense totaled $5,722 for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and $38,944, $12,215 and $8,979 for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Included in advertising expense for the year ended June 30, 2003 is $28,211 in costs associated with the Company’s rebranding initiative.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of demand deposits and highly liquid investments with insignificant interest rate risks and original maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of money market investments of $0, $18,900 and $153,800 at December 31, 2003, June 30, 2003 and June 30, 2002, respectively.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable and unbilled revenue. The Company places its temporary cash and cash equivalents with high credit qualified financial institutions, and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.

Periodically, the Company reviews accounts receivable to reassess its estimates of collectibility. The Company provides valuation reserves for bad debts based on specific identification of likely and probable losses. In addition, the Company provides valuation reserves for estimates of aged receivables that may be written off, based upon historical experience. These valuation reserves are periodically re-evaluated and adjusted as more information about the ultimate collectibility of accounts receivable becomes available. Circumstances that could cause the Company’s valuation reserves to increase include changes in its clients’ liquidity and credit quality, other factors negatively impacting its clients’ ability to pay their obligations as they come due, and the quality of its collection efforts.

F-26

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The Company’s Public Services industry group has a significant portion of their engagements performed on a fixed-price or fixed-rate basis and derives revenue from departments and agencies of the U.S. government. While most of the Company’s government agency clients have the ability to unilaterally terminate their contracts, the Company’s relationships are generally not with political appointees, and the Company has not typically experienced a loss of federal government projects with a change of administration. U.S. government revenue accounted for 27.3%, 22.9%, 25.6% and 16.9% of the Company’s revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Receivables due from the U.S. government were $70,035, $56,689 and $69,339 at December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Unbilled revenue due from the U.S. government was $25,633, $21,772 and $23,283 at December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost less allowances for depreciation and amortization. The cost of software purchased or developed for internal use is capitalized in accordance with SOP 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” Depreciation is generally provided for all classes of assets for financial statement purposes using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and both the straight-line and accelerated methods for income tax purposes. Equipment and furniture are depreciated over three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the remaining term of the respective lease or the expected life of the asset. Software purchased or developed for internal use is amortized over an estimated useful life ranging to five years. When assets are sold or retired, the Company removes the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation from the balance sheet, and records any associated gain or loss in the consolidated statement of operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but instead tested for impairment at least annually. The Company performs this review annually on April 1 or whenever events or significant changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that might require the need for more frequent tests include, but are not limited to: the loss of a number of significant clients, the identification of other impaired assets within a reporting unit, the disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit, or a significant adverse change in business climate or regulations. The first step of the impairment test is a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. Reporting units are the Company’s North American industry groups and the international geographic segments. The fair value of a reporting unit is estimated using the Company’s projections of discounted future operating cash flows of the unit. Goodwill allocated to a reporting unit whose fair value is equal to or greater than its carrying value is not impaired and no further testing is required. A reporting unit whose fair value is less than its carrying value requires a second step to determine whether the goodwill allocated to the unit is impaired. The second step of the goodwill impairment test is a comparison of the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. The implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the entire reporting unit to the assets and liabilities of that unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, based on fair value. The excess of the fair value of the entire reporting unit over the amounts allocated to the identifiable assets and liabilities of the unit is the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Goodwill of a reporting unit is impaired when its carrying value exceeds its implied fair value. Impaired goodwill is written down to its implied fair value with a charge to expense in the period the impairment is identified. For additional information regarding goodwill, see Note 5, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

F-27

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Other identifiable intangible assets include finite-lived purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of market rights, order backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships, and trade name. Finite- lived purchased intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their expected period of benefit, which generally ranges from one to five years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets and intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. For property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets to be held and used, impairment is determined by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Property and equipment to be disposed of by sale is carried at the lower of its current carrying value or fair value less cost to sell.

Foreign Currency

Assets and liabilities of consolidated foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the local currency, are translated to U.S. dollars at period end exchange rates. Revenue and expense items are translated to U.S. dollars at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. The adjustment resulting from translating the financial statements of such foreign subsidiaries to U.S. dollars is reflected as a cumulative translation adjustment and reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in consolidated stockholders’ equity.

Cash flows of consolidated foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the local currency, are translated to U.S. dollars using weighted average exchange rates for the period. The Company reports the effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances held in foreign currencies as a separate item in the reconciliation of the changes in cash and cash equivalents during the period.

Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recorded based on exchange rates at the time such transactions arise. Subsequent changes in exchange rates result in transaction gains or losses, which are reflected within other income (expense) in the consolidated statement of operations. Net foreign currency transaction gains were $1,019 for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and $658 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. Net foreign currency transaction losses were $2,689 and $552 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2001, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company has calculated the fair value of its financial instruments using a variety of factors and assumptions. Accordingly, the fair value may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized at December 31, 2003 or at June 30, 2003 or 2002, or that will be realized in the future and do not include expenses that could be incurred in an actual sale or settlement.

The calculated fair value of the Company’s notes payable (including current portion) was $260,190 at December 31, 2003, and $296,675 and $1,846 at June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The carrying value of the Company’s notes payable (including current portion) was $248,228 at December 31, 2003, and $277,176 and $1,846 at June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and acquisition obligations (see Note 11) approximate their fair values due to the short maturity term related to these instruments.

F-28

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for corporate income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis, and to operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are separated into current and noncurrent amounts based on the classification of the related assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax benefit when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Projected future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies are considered and evaluated when assessing the need for a valuation allowance. Any increase or decrease in a valuation allowance could have a material adverse or beneficial impact on the Company’s income tax provision and net income in the period in which the determination is made. The Company’s tax provision is comprised of current taxes payable plus the change in deferred income taxes.

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

The Company offers pension and postretirement medical benefits to certain employees. Pension plans include both funded and unfunded noncontributory defined benefit pension plans. The Company uses the actuarial models required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” to account for its pension plans. The postretirement medical plan is accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” which requires the Company to accrue for future postretirement medical benefits. For additional information regarding postretirement benefits, see Note 19, “Employee Benefit Plans.”

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has several stock-based employee compensation plans as described in Note 16. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards issued to employees by applying the intrinsic value method, whereby the difference between the quoted market price as of the date of grant and the contractual purchase price of shares is charged to operations over the vesting period. The Company generally recognizes no compensation expense with respect to stock-based awards issued to employees, as all options granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans have exercise prices equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. With respect to restricted stock and other awards, compensation expense is measured based on the fair value of such awards as of the grant date and charged to expense using the straight-line method over the period of restriction or vesting period.

Pro forma information regarding net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share is required assuming the Company had accounted for its stock-based awards to employees under the fair value method and amortized as a charge to earnings the estimated fair value of options and other stock awards over the awards’ vesting period. The weighted average fair value of stock options granted during the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $5.41, $6.20, $8.64 and $12.45, respectively. The fair value of options granted was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:


	Stock Price Expected Volatility		Risk-Free Interest Rate		Expected Life	Expected Dividend Yield
Six months ended December 31, 2003	69.38	%	3.47	%	6	—
Year ended June 30, 2003	70.76	%	2.96	%	6	—
Year ended June 30, 2002	69.00	%	4.37	%	6	—
Year ended June 30, 2001	81.25	%	5.31	%	5	—

F-29

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The fair value of the Company’s common stock purchased under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) was estimated for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and an expected volatility of 70.0%, risk free interest rates ranging from 1.03% to 4.77%, an expected life ranging from six to eighteen months, and an expected dividend yield of zero. The weighted average fair value of shares purchased under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was $2.74, $6.59 and $6.88 for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share if the Company had applied the fair value method for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001:


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2002			Year Ended June 30, 2001
Net income (loss)	$	(165,767	)	$	41,307		$	(26,898	)	$	34,951
Dividend on Series A Preferred Stock		—			—			—			(31,672	)
Preferred stock conversion discount		—			—			—			(131,250	)

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders		(165,767	)		41,307			(26,898	)		(127,971	)
Add back:
Total stock-based compensation expense recorded under intrinsic value method for all stock awards, net of tax effects		4,624			9,001			1,101			—
Deduct:
Total stock-based compensation expense recorded under fair value method for all stock awards, net of tax effects		(49,099	)		(94,292	)		(98,551	)		(79,016	)

Pro forma net loss	$	(210,242	)	$	(43,984	)	$	(124,348	)	$	(206,987	)

Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic and diluted—as reported	$	(0.86	)	$	0.22		$	(0.17	)	$	(1.19	)

Basic and diluted—pro forma	$	(1.09	)	$	(0.24	)	$	(0.79	)	$	(1.92	)

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2002, the EITF issued a final consensus on Issue 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” which addresses how to account for arrangements that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets. Issue 00-21 limits the amount of revenue that can be allocated to a delivered element to the amount that is not contingent on future delivery of another element. If the amount of non-contingent revenue allocated to a delivered element is less than the costs to deliver such services, then such costs are deferred and recognized in future periods when the revenue becomes non-contingent. Issue 00-21 is effective prospectively for arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. Companies may also elect to apply the provisions of Issue 00-21 to existing arrangements and record the income statement impact as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. Effective July 1, 2003, the Company adopted Issue 00-21 on a prospective basis. The adoption of Issue 00-21 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

F-30

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 is effective for instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and was otherwise effective for the quarter ended September 30, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

3. Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus the dilutive effect of potential future issues of common stock relating to the Company’s stock option program and other potentially dilutive securities. In calculating diluted earnings (loss) per share, the dilutive effect of stock options is computed using the average market price for the period in accordance with the treasury stock method.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2002			Year Ended June 30, 2001
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	(165,767	)	$	41,307	$	53,062		$	(127,971	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—			—		(79,960	)		—

Adjusted net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders	$	(165,767	)	$	41,307	$	(26,898	)	$	(127,971	)

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic		193,596,759			185,461,995		157,559,989			107,884,143
Assumed exercise of stock options		—			175,698		1,155,741			—

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted		193,596,759			185,637,693		158,715,730			107,884,143

Earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted	$	(0.86	)	$	0.22	$	(0.17	)	$	(1.19	)

Common shares related to outstanding stock options and other potentially dilutive securities that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as the effect would have been anti-dilutive were 56,748,235, 45,733,510, 18,814,559 and 27,351,257 for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

F-31

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

4. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:


	December 31, 2003			June 30,
	December 31, 2003			2003			2002
Property and equipment:
Internal-use software	$	186,792		$	161,809		$	93,948
Equipment		151,960			185,664			154,452
Leasehold improvements		68,144			61,493			29,516
Furniture		37,360			37,783			12,743

Total property and equipment		444,256			446,749			290,659

Accumulated depreciation and amortization:
Internal-use software		(82,717	)		(58,377	)		(28,507	)
Equipment		(121,860	)		(154,835	)		(125,049	)
Leasehold improvements		(29,194	)		(20,714	)		(6,996	)
Furniture		(7,144	)		(4,038	)		(4,179	)

Total accumulated depreciation and amortization		(240,915	)		(237,964	)		(164,731	)

Property and equipment, net	$	203,341		$	208,785		$	125,928

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment recorded in other costs of service and selling, general and administrative expenses was $15,810 and $21,331, respectively, for the six months ended December 31, 2003, $41,077 and $30,588, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2003, $26,483 and $19,997, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2002, and $37,637 and $2,109, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2001. During the six months ended December 31, 2003, the Company disposed of certain property and equipment with a historical cost of $44,786 and accumulated depreciation of $43,415, resulting in a loss on disposal of $1,371.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the Company recorded a change in estimate that decreased the expected remaining useful life of certain systems applications used as part of its infrastructure operations. The change in estimate was a result of the Company’s continued build-out of certain infrastructure functions scheduled to be completed in the second quarter of calendar year 2004, which upon completion will replace the existing applications. This change in estimate resulted in a charge to net income of $3,549 (net of tax) or $0.02 per share for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and $4,732 (net of tax) or $0.03 per share for the year ended June 30, 2003.

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In connection with adopting SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” as of July 1, 2001, the Company completed the required test for and measurement of transitional impairment. Based on that analysis, the Company recognized a transitional impairment loss of $79,960, or $0.51 per basic and diluted earnings per share, as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. There was no tax benefit recorded in connection with this charge. The transitional impairment charge resulted from a change in the criteria for the measurement of the impairment loss.

Net income (loss), and basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, are set forth below as if

F-32

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets had been accounted for in the same manner for all periods presented. The adjustment of previously reported net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share represents the recorded amortization of goodwill and indefinite-lived purchased intangibles.


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2002			Year Ended June 30, 2001
Reported income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	(165,767	)	$	41,307	$	53,062		$	34,951
Add back goodwill amortization, net of tax		—			—		—			14,759

Adjusted income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		(165,767	)		41,307		53,062			49,710
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—			—		79,960			—

Adjusted net income (loss)		(165,767	)		41,307		(26,898	)		49,710
Dividend on Series A Preferred Stock		—			—		—			(31,672	)
Preferred stock conversion discount		—			—		—			(131,250	)

Adjusted net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders	$	(165,767	)	$	41,307	$	(26,898	)	$	(113,212	)

Earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted:
Reported income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle applicable to common stockholders	$	(0.86	)	$	0.22	$	0.34		$	(1.19	)
Add back goodwill amortization, net of tax		—			—		—			0.14

Adjusted income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle applicable to common stockholders		(0.86	)		0.22		0.34			(1.05	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—			—		(0.51	)		—

Adjusted net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders	$	(0.86	)	$	0.22	$	(0.17	)	$	(1.05	)

Weighted average shares—basic		193,596,759			185,461,995		157,559,989			107,884,143

Weighted average shares—diluted		193,596,759			185,637,693		158,715,730			107,884,143

F-33

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, at the reporting unit level, for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:


	Balance June 30, 2003		Additions		Impairment Charge			Other (a)			Balance December 31, 2003
Public Services	$	23,581	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	23,581
Communications & Content		24,357		—		—			—			24,357
Financial Services		9,210		—		—			—			9,210
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		39,831		—		—			—			39,831
EMEA		863,810		—		(127,326	)		78,097			814,581
Asia Pacific		63,034		—		—			5,626			68,660
Latin America		805		—		—			(5	)		800
Corporate/Other		202		—		—			—			202

Total	$	1,024,830	$	—	$	(127,326	)	$	83,718		$	981,222

(a)	Other changes in goodwill consist primarily of foreign currency translation adjustments primarily related to fluctuation in the Euro.


	Balance June 30, 2002		Additions		Other (a)		Balance June 30, 2003
Public Services	$	11,537	$	12,044	$	—	$	23,581
Communications & Content		8,509		15,848		—		24,357
Financial Services		2,871		6,339		—		9,210
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		10,671		29,160		—		39,831
EMEA		10,750		730,706		122,354		863,810
Asia Pacific		43,123		17,642		2,269		63,034
Latin America		—		746		59		805
Corporate/Other		202		—		—		202

Total	$	87,663	$	812,485	$	124,682	$	1,024,830

(a)	Other changes in goodwill consist primarily of foreign currency translation adjustments primarily related to fluctuation in the Euro.


	Balance June 30, 2001		Additions		Transitional Impairment Charge			Other (a)			Balance June 30, 2002
Public Services	$	12,218	$	—	$	—		$	(681	)	$	11,537
Communications & Content		9,616		—		—			(1,107	)		8,509
Financial Services		3,013		—		—			(142	)		2,871
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		12,141		—		—			(1,470	)		10,671
EMEA		31,222		—		(20,563	)		91			10,750
Asia Pacific		22,925		37,339		(14,940	)		(2,201	)		43,123
Latin America		44,457		—		(44,457	)		—			—
Corporate/Other		185		—		—			17			202

Total	$	135,777	$	37,339	$	(79,960	)	$	(5,493	)	$	87,663

(a)	Other relates primarily to the reversal of deferred taxes on assembled workforce no longer required due to the adoption of SFAS No. 142.

F-34

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

During the six-month period ended December 31, 2003 the Company determined that a triggering event had occurred in the EMEA reporting unit, causing the Company to perform a goodwill impairment test. The triggering event resulted from adverse changes in the business climate affecting the Company’s EMEA operations, which caused the Company’s operating profit and cash flows for the EMEA operating segment to be lower than expected for the six months ended December 31, 2003. In response to the challenging economic environment in Europe, the Company revised its EMEA growth expectations and anticipated operational efficiencies for the next five years. As a result of the impairment test, a goodwill impairment loss of $127,326 ($0.66 per share) was recognized in the EMEA reporting unit since the carrying amount of the reporting unit was greater than the revised fair value of the reporting unit (as determined using the expected present value of future cash flows) and the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of that goodwill. The Company also determined that there were no triggering events within our other reporting units that would have required further valuation analysis of goodwill.

Additions to goodwill and identifiable intangible assets during the year ended June 30, 2003 resulted primarily from the acquisition of KPMG Consulting AG and acquisitions of various global Andersen Business Consulting practices (See Note 6). Other changes to goodwill consist primarily of foreign currency translation adjustments.


	December 31, 2003			June 30,
	December 31, 2003			2003			2002
Other intangible assets:
Customer-related intangibles:
Backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships	$	60,822		$	56,030		$	1,208

Market-related intangibles:
Market rights		12,017			12,017			12,017
Trade name		1,811			1,654			—

Total market-related intangibles		13,828			13,671			12,017

Total other intangibles		74,650			69,701			13,225
Accumulated amortization:
Customer-related intangibles:
Backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships		(59,380	)		(45,320	)		(1,039	)

Market-related intangibles:
Market rights		(5,924	)		(4,607	)		(1,975	)
Trade name		(1,190	)		(891	)		—

Total market-related		(7,114	)		(5,498	)		(1,975	)

Total accumulated amortization		(66,494	)		(50,818	)		(3,014	)

Other intangible assets, net	$	8,156		$	18,883		$	10,211

Amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets was $10,651, $44,702, $3,014, and $0 for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets for each of the next three years is estimated to be $3,803 in 2004, $2,751 in 2005, and $1,602 in 2006.

F-35

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

6. Acquisitions

KPMG Consulting AG

On August 22, 2002, as part of the significant expansion in its international presence, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of KPMG Consulting AG (subsequently renamed BearingPoint GmbH (“BE Germany”)) pursuant to a share purchase agreement for $651,906. The purchase of BE Germany was paid for through the issuance of 30,471,309 shares of common stock to the sellers at $11.96 per share, $273,583 in cash to the sellers, and $13,780 in acquisition related transaction costs. BE Germany’s operations consist primarily of consulting practices in Germany, Switzerland and Austria. The allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was as follows:


	Allocation of Purchase Price
Current assets	$	138,332
Goodwill		648,021
Purchased intangibles		41,019
Acquired software		8,015
Other long-lived assets		15,750

Total assets		851,137
Current liabilities		(154,149	)
Long-term liabilities		(45,082	)

Total purchase price	$	651,906

The significance of the goodwill balance is primarily due to the value related to the acquired workforce. Purchased intangibles acquired include customer-related intangible assets for order backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships of $39,615 (13-month weighted average useful life) and trade name of $1,404 (2-year weighted average useful life). Goodwill is not deductible for German tax purposes.

In December 2002, in connection with the acquisition of the BE Germany business, the Company announced a reduction of its workforce by approximately 700 employees, in order to balance workforce capacity with market demand for services. Severance and termination benefits related to this workforce reduction totaled $27,445 and has been accounted for as part of the acquisition of BE Germany. As of December 31, 2003, the entire liability has been disbursed.

F-36

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Effective August 1, 2002, the results of BE Germany’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial results of the Company. The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations of the Company and BE Germany as if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. The pro forma financial information has been prepared using information derived from the Company and BE Germany’s historical consolidated financial statements. The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of the Company’s future results of operations or financial position of what the Company’s results of operations or financial position would have been had the Company completed the acquisition of BE Germany at an earlier date. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable.


	Year Ended June 30,
	2003		2002
Revenue	$	3,180,131	$	2,875,578

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		38,765		41,061
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—		(79,960	)

Net income (loss)	$	38,765	$	(38,899	)

Earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted:
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	0.20	$	0.22
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—		(0.42	)

Net income (loss)	$	0.20	$	(0.20	)

Weighted average shares—basic		189,719,630		188,031,298

Weighted average shares—diluted		189,895,328		190,055,095

The unaudited pro forma financial information above reflects the following adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002: amortization expense on purchased intangible assets consisting of backlog and trade name in the amount of $1,678 (net of tax) and $20,136 (net of tax), respectively; interest expense associated with the debt financing of the Company’s acquisition of BE Germany of $360 (net of tax) and $4,530 (net of tax), respectively; and an increase in the number of weighted average common shares outstanding of 4,257,635 and 30,471,309, respectively, as a result of including shares issued as consideration for the equity portion of the purchase price.

Andersen Business Consulting Practices

During the first quarter of the year ended June 30, 2003, the Company entered into a series of acquisitions (all of the transactions referred to below are accounted for as purchase business acquisitions and will therefore be referred to as “acquisitions”) of Andersen Business Consulting practices around the world, in order to expand the Company’s global presence. The acquisitions included practices from the United States, Spain, Japan, France, Brazil, Switzerland, Norway, Finland, Sweden, Singapore, South Korea and Peru. The Company also acquired the business consulting practice of Ernst & Young in Brazil and the consulting unit of the KPMG International member firm in Finland during the second quarter of the year ended June 30, 2003. The aggregate purchase price of the acquisitions, paid in cash, totaled $137,522, including $8,911 related to transaction costs. The allocation of

F-37

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

the aggregate purchase price was $149,135 to goodwill, $6,127 to purchased intangibles and approximately $17,700 of net liabilities assumed, primarily employee-related.

The significance of the goodwill balance is primarily due to the value related to the acquired workforce. Purchased intangibles acquired include customer related intangible assets for order backlog, customer contracts and related customer relationships of $6,127 (12-month weighted average useful life). Goodwill of $63,391 relating to the acquisition of the Andersen Business Consulting practice in the United States is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill is generally not deductible for tax purposes outside the United States.

The results of operations for each of the acquisitions in the European region have been included in the consolidated financial results beginning on the consummation date of each acquisition. The results of operations for each of the acquisitions in the Asia Pacific and Latin America regions have been included in the consolidated financial results beginning in the month following the consummation date of each acquisition and in certain locations reported on a one-month lag.

In connection with the acquisitions of certain European Andersen Business Consulting practices (primarily within France, Spain and Switzerland), the Company reduced its workforce by approximately 240 employees, in order to balance workforce capacity with market demand for services. Severance and termination benefits related to these workforce reductions totaling $11,705 have been accounted for as part of the acquisitions. As of December 31, 2003, the entire liability has been disbursed.

During the year ended June 30, 2002, the Company acquired numerous businesses for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $47,609. The allocation of the purchase price to acquired assets and liabilities resulted in the allocation of $37,339 to goodwill, $13,225 to purchased intangibles and $1,609 to unbilled revenue. The businesses acquired were the Australian, Hong Kong, Malaysian, Singapore, Taiwan, and Chinese consulting practices of the respective KPMG International member firms and the Andersen Business Consulting units in Hong Kong, China and Australia.

During the year ended June 30, 2001, the Company acquired numerous businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $56,971, which resulted in $2,600 and $60,400 being allocated to assembled workforce and goodwill, respectively. The businesses acquired were the Colombian, Irish, Peruvian, Brazilian and Netherlands Antilles consulting practices of the respective KPMG International member firms.

F-38

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

7. Notes Payable

Notes payable consists of the following:


	December 31, 2003		June 30,
	December 31, 2003		2003		2002
Current portion (a):
Yen-denominated term loan (January 31, 2003)	$	6,230	$	5,576	$	—
Yen-denominated term loan (June 30, 2003)		3,115		2,788		—
Trade notes payable		—		—		1,846

Total current portion		9,345		8,364		1,846

Long-term portion:
Senior notes		220,000		220,000		—
Yen-denominated term loan (January 31, 2003)		9,308		11,119		—
Yen-denominated term loan (June 30, 2003)		4,654		5,559		—
Line of credit		4,000		31,511		—
Other		921		623		—

Total long-term portion		238,883		268,812		—

Total notes payable	$	248,228	$	277,176	$	1,846

(a)	The weighted average interest rates on the current portion of notes payable as of December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003 and 2002 were 1.50%, 1.50% and 9.41%, respectively.

On May 29, 2002, the Company entered into a new credit agreement with a commercial lender, which provides the Company with a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principle balance not to exceed $250,000. This credit agreement replaced the Company’s prior revolving credit agreements, which had totaled $200,000. The funds available under the credit arrangement may be used for general corporate purposes, for working capital, and for acquisitions subject to certain restrictions. The revolving credit facility expires on May 29, 2005. The outstanding balance under the credit facility was $4,000 and $31,511 as of December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003, respectively. There were no outstanding balances under the respective revolving credit facilities as of June 30, 2002. The credit agreement provides for the issuance of letters of credit, in the aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000, with a maximum maturity of twelve months from the date of issuance. The Company had $20,000 and $108 outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2002, respectively. The Company had no outstanding letters of credit under the respective credit agreement as of June 30, 2003.

The credit agreement restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends and incur additional indebtedness. The credit agreement also requires the Company to maintain certain levels of fixed charge coverage and net worth, while limiting its leverage ratio to certain levels.

Interest on borrowings under the credit agreement is determined, at the Company’s option, based on the prime rate, the LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 0.875% to 1.625% or the “Libo” (as defined therein) plus a margin ranging from 0.875% to 1.625%. There are commitment fees ranging from 0.20% to 0.275% for the revolving credit. The interest rate margins and the commitment fees vary based on the Company’s leverage ratio at quarter-end.

On May 23, 2003, the Company amended the May 22, 2000 receivables purchase agreement (previously amended on May 29, 2002) with an issuer of receivables-backed commercial paper in an amount not to exceed

F-39

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

$150,000. The Company has the option to sell, on an ongoing basis and without recourse, an undivided percentage interest in designated pools of accounts receivable. In connection with the receivables purchase agreement, the Company has granted a security interest in certain accounts receivable. To maintain the balance in the designated pools of accounts receivable sold, the Company is obligated to sell undivided interests in new receivables as existing receivables are collected. The agreement permits the sale of up to $150,000 of an undivided interest in accounts receivable through May 21, 2004, subject to an annual renewal. There was no outstanding balance on the accounts receivable purchase agreement at December 31, 2003, June 30, 2003 and June 30, 2002. Interest on borrowings under the receivables purchase agreement is based on a variable commercial paper rate plus 0.4%. There is a commitment fee of 0.225% on the unused balance.

On August 21, 2002, the Company entered into a $220,000 revolving credit facility for the purpose of funding a portion of the acquisition cost of BE Germany. This credit facility was scheduled to mature on December 15, 2002 and was in addition to the Company’s other credit facilities. Borrowings under the facility bore interest at either the prime rate, the LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 0.875% to 1.625% or money market rates, the option of which was determinable by the Company. On August 22, 2002, in connection with the closing of the BE Germany acquisition, the Company borrowed $220,000 under the new facility. This credit facility was retired on November 26, 2002, in connection with the issuance of Senior Notes.

On November 26, 2002, the Company completed a private placement of $220,000 in aggregate principal of Senior Notes. The offering consisted of $29,000 of 5.95% Series A Notes due November 2005, $46,000 of 6.43% Series B Senior Notes due November 2006 and $145,000 of 6.71% Series C Senior Notes due November 2007. The Senior Notes restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and require the Company to maintain certain levels of fixed charge coverage and net worth, while limiting its leverage ratio to certain levels. The proceeds from the sale of these Senior Notes were used to repay the $220,000 short-term revolving credit facility described above.

On August 30, 2003, a subsidiary of the Company extended its yen-denominated revolving line of credit facility and overdraft line of credit facility dated December 16, 2002. The renewed agreement includes a yen-denominated revolving line of credit facility with an aggregate principal balance not to exceed 1.35 billion yen (approximately $12,591 as of December 31, 2003) and an overdraft line of credit facility with an aggregate principal balance not to exceed 0.50 billion yen (approximately $4,663 as of December 31, 2003). Borrowings under the revolving line of credit agreement accrue interest of TIBOR plus 0.90% and borrowings under the overdraft line of credit facility accrue interest of TIBOR plus 1.30%. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit and overdraft line of credit facilities are used to finance working capital for the Company’s Japanese operations. These facilities are unsecured, do not contain financial covenants, and are not guaranteed by the Company. These facilities mature on August 31, 2004. At December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003, there were no borrowings outstanding under the revolving line of credit facility and overdraft line of credit facility.

On January 31, 2003, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a new 2 billion yen-denominated term loan. This term loan is in addition to the 1.35 billion yen-denominated line of credit and 0.50 billion yen-denominated overdraft line of credit facilities described above. Borrowings under the term loan accrue interest at six month TIBOR plus 1.4% (1.5% as of December 31, 2003). Scheduled principal payments are every six months beginning July 31, 2003 through July 31, 2005 in the amount of 334 million yen and include a final payment of 330 million yen on January 31, 2006. The term loan is unsecured, does not contain financial covenants, and is not guaranteed by the Company. At December 31, 2003, the balance outstanding under the 2 billion yen-denominated term loan is 1.67 billion yen (approximately $15,538).

On June 30, 2003, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a new 1 billion yen-denominated term loan. This term loan is in addition to the 2 billion yen-denominated term loan, the 1.35 billion yen-denominated line of

F-40

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

credit and the 0.50 billion yen-denominated overdraft line of credit facilities described above. Borrowings under the term loan accrue interest at six month TIBOR plus 1.4% (1.5% as of December 31, 2003). Scheduled principal payments are every six months beginning December 31, 2003 through December 31, 2005 in the amount of 167 million yen and include a final payment of 165 million yen on June 30, 2006. The term loan is unsecured, does not contain financial covenants, and is not guaranteed by the Company. At December 31, 2003, the balance outstanding under the 1 billion yen-denominated term loan is 833 million yen (approximately $7,769).

The following is a schedule of annual maturities on notes payable as of December 31, 2003 for each of the next five calendar years:


Year	Amount
2004	$	9,345
2005		42,345
2006		51,538
2007		145,000
2008		—

8. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company has borrowings outstanding under bank credit facilities, which carry variable interest rates (See Note 7). These debt obligations expose the Company to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest expense decreases.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the Company replaced its $220,000 short-term revolving credit facility used to finance recent acquisitions with fixed rate debt. In anticipation of this refinancing, the Company entered into treasury rate locks on $125,000 of five-year debt. The treasury locks are derivative instruments as defined by SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” and were designated as highly effective cash flow hedges. On November 6, 2002, the treasury locks were settled resulting in a gain of $787, which is being amortized into interest expense over the term of the debt. The gain on the treasury locks converts fixed rate cash flows from 6.71% to approximately 6.56% on $125,000 of the debt.

The accumulated unamortized gain related to the treasury locks included in other accumulated comprehensive income as of December 31, 2003 was approximately $616, of which approximately $157 will be reclassified into interest expense over the next twelve months.

9. Accrued Payroll and Employee Benefits

Accrued payroll and employee benefits consist of the following:


	December 31, 2003		June 30,
	December 31, 2003		2003		2002
Accrued compensated absences	$	91,629	$	109,582	$	76,102
Payroll related taxes		37,688		29,188		10,110
Other		46,513		74,276		44,342

Total	$	175,830	$	213,046	$	130,554

F-41

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

10. Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following:


	December 31, 2003		June 30,
	December 31, 2003		2003		2002
Acquisition obligation (see Note 11)	$	15,961	$	17,566	$	16,653
Book overdrafts		24,775		16,592		19,039
Other		85,639		75,905		50,040

Total	$	126,375	$	110,063	$	85,732

11. Acquisition Obligations

On May 27, 1999, KPMG LLP acquired all of the voting common stock of Softline Consulting & Integrators, Inc., a systems integration company, and entered into an agreement to acquire all of the Softline nonvoting common stock for not less than $65,000. The $65,000 acquisition obligation for the nonvoting common stock of Softline accrues interest at 6% per annum, and was due by its terms at the earlier of a demand by a majority vote of the nonvoting shareholders, or May 8, 2000. In the event the Company had provided notice of an IPO on or before May 8, 2000, the nonvoting shareholders would have had the right to convert the acquisition obligation of $65,000, plus accrued interest, into the Company’s common shares at a conversion price equal to the IPO price less the underwriter’s per share discount. This obligation was not retired at its maturity. The Company and the counterparties to this agreement entered into an agreement in August 2000, pursuant to which $33,980 of this obligation was repaid in cash, $7,020 was retired through the cancellation of short-term notes due from the counterparties and $9,000 was settled in November 2000 ($3,000 in cash and 326,024 shares of the Company’s common stock). The remaining obligation of $15,000 plus interest at 6% per annum, included in other current liabilities, is payable upon the ultimate resolution of specific contingencies relating to the Softline acquisition and will be paid through the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock, valued for such settlement purposes at the IPO price less the underwriting discount or, at the election of the counterparties, through the issuance of cash equal to the current market price of the Company’s common stock for up to 30% of the shares otherwise issuable, with the remainder payable in shares valued at the IPO price. The 30% portion of the liability that, at the election of the counterparties, can be settled in either cash or in shares of the Company’s common stock represents a derivative feature. Accordingly, the 30% portion of the liability is marked to market each reporting period based on the changes in the intrinsic value of the underlying equity shares. Any change in the value of the underlying shares is recorded as a component of interest expense.

12. Collaboration Agreement

In August 1997, the Company entered into a collaboration agreement with Microsoft Corporation. Under this agreement, the Company developed a broad portfolio of services and solutions to enable the rapid deployment of Microsoft products. Microsoft paid the Company $15,000. The agreement requires the Company to train a specified number of consultants to be proficient in Microsoft products, and to participate in joint marketing efforts with Microsoft. Revenue of $5,000 was recognized as training and other costs associated with the agreement were incurred. Revenue was not recognized for the remaining $10,000 due to a minimum royalty liability of $10,000 associated with the agreement. The agreement requires the Company to pay Microsoft royalties on certain net revenue for business relating to Microsoft products. The royalty period ends on the earlier of the date on which the Company makes the minimum aggregate royalty payment of $10,000 or June 30, 2006. If aggregate payments on June 30, 2006 are less than $10,000, the Company is obligated to make final payment for the difference, one-half of which is due on June 30, 2006 and the remaining one-half is due on June 30, 2007.

F-42

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Royalty payments of $623 were made during the year ended June 30, 2001. No royalty payments were made during the six months ended December 31, 2003 or the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002. The remaining liability of $9,377 is included in other liabilities (non current).

13. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is involved in legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Additionally, under its contracts with the U.S. Government, the Company is subject to audit by the Defense Contract Audit Agency, which could result in adjustments of amounts previously billed. Currently, all years subsequent to fiscal year ended June 30, 1999 remain subject to audit. Based on its current assessment, management believes that the Company’s financial statements include adequate provision for estimated costs and losses that may ultimately be incurred with regard to such matters. In connection with the separation, the Company indemnified KPMG LLP and its partners for any liabilities or losses relating to the Company or otherwise assigned to the Company. Similarly, KPMG LLP and its partners have indemnified the Company for any liabilities or losses relating to or otherwise assigned to KPMG LLP’s assurance and tax businesses.

Transition Services Provided By KPMG LLP: As described in Note 18, “Transactions with Related Parties,” when the Company terminates infrastructure services provided by KPMG LLP under the transition services agreement, it is potentially liable for the payment of termination costs, as defined in the agreement, incurred by KPMG LLP in connection with winding down and terminating such services. KPMG LLP and the Company have agreed that during the term of the transition services agreement (which terminated on February 8, 2004 for most non-technology services and terminates no later than February 8, 2005 for technology-related services and limited non-technology services), the parties will work together to minimize any termination costs (including transitioning personnel and contracts from KPMG LLP to the Company), and the Company will wind down its receipt of services from KPMG LLP and develop its own internal infrastructure and support capabilities or seek third party providers of such services.

In fiscal year 2002, the Company terminated certain human resources, knowledge management, office support services, purchasing and training services for which $1,000 in termination costs was paid to KPMG LLP. In August 2002, the Company and KPMG LLP reached a settlement relating to a dispute about the determination of costs under the transition services agreement, resulting in KPMG LLP paying the Company $8,444. During the year ended June 30, 2003, the Company terminated certain human resources services provided by KPMG LLP under the transition services agreement for which the Company paid $1,050 in termination costs to KPMG LLP. During the year ended June 30, 2003, the Company also recovered $2,133 as a result of its review of KPMG LLP’s charges for the year ended June 30, 2002 and related adjustments of the charges for the year ended June 30, 2003. During the year ended June 30, 2003, the Company purchased from KPMG LLP $32,429 of leasehold improvements. Based on information currently available, the Company anticipates paying KPMG LLP approximately $40,000 to $60,000 for the sale and transfer of additional capital assets (such as computer equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements) currently used by the Company through the transition services agreement (for which usage charges are included in the monthly costs under the agreement). The Company made no additional purchases of capital assets from KPMG LLP during the six months ended December 31, 2003. During the six months ended December 31, 2003, the Company terminated certain technology services for which the Company was charged $3,187 in termination costs. In addition, the Company recovered $2,004 as a result of its review of KPMG LLP’s charges for fiscal year 2003 and related adjustments to the charges for the six months ended December 31, 2003. Under the transition services agreement and separate agreements, the Company continues to receive from KPMG LLP services relating to information technology (such as telecommunications and user services), financial systems, occupancy and office support services in facilities used by both the Company and KPMG LLP, and financing of capital assets used in the provisioning of transition services.

F-43

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The amount of termination costs that the Company will pay to KPMG LLP depends upon the timing of service terminations, the ability of the parties to work together to minimize the costs, and the amount of payments required under existing contracts with third parties for services provided to the Company by KPMG LLP and which can continue to be obtained directly by the Company thereafter. Accordingly, the amount of termination costs that the Company will pay to KPMG LLP in the future cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The Company believes that the amount of termination costs yet to be assessed will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, cash flows, or liquidity. Whether such amounts could have a material effect on the results of operations in a particular quarter or fiscal year cannot be determined at this time.

Operating Leases: The Company leases certain of its office facilities under various operating leases, some of which contain escalation clauses. Additionally, the Company leases certain of its office facilities under subleases with KPMG LLP. Subleases with KPMG LLP are for periods that coincide with the KPMG LLP lease periods, which run through 2014. The rental cost is based on square footage utilized by the Company.

The following is a schedule of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2003. Total minimum rental payments are exclusive of future minimum sublease rentals of $25,707.


Year ending December 31:
2004	$	82,598
2005		86,401
2006		76,514
2007		65,230
2008		59,864
Thereafter		186,732

Total minimum payments required	$	557,339

The composition of total rental expense for all operating leases was as follows:


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2002			Year Ended June 30, 2001
Minimum rent expense	$	38,185		$	78,091		$	54,262		$	48,336
Less: Sublease rentals		(1,447	)		(2,150	)		(562	)		(336	)

Net rent expense	$	36,738		$	75,941		$	53,700		$	48,000

Other Commitments: In the normal course of business, the Company has indemnified third parties and has commitments and guarantees under which it may be required to make payments in certain circumstances. The Company accounts for these indemnities, commitments, and guarantees in accordance with FIN No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” These indemnities, commitments and guarantees include: indemnities of KPMG LLP with respect to the consulting business that was transferred to the Company in January 2000; indemnities to third parties in connection with performance bonds; its indemnities to various lessors in connection with facility leases; indemnities to customers related to intellectual property and performance of services subcontracted to other providers; and indemnities to directors and officers under the organizational documents of the Company. The duration of these indemnities, commitments and guarantees varies, and in certain cases, is indefinite. Certain

F-44

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

of these indemnities, commitments and guarantees do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments the Company could be obligated to make. As of December 31, 2003, the Company has approximately $142,873 of outstanding bid and performance bonds and $35,186 of outstanding letters of credit for which it may be required to make future payment. The Company has never incurred material costs to settle claims or defend lawsuits related to these indemnities, commitments and guarantees. As a result, the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, no liabilities have been recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2003.

14. Series A Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On January 31, 2000, Cisco Systems, Inc. (“Cisco”) purchased 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) for $1,050,000. The Series A Preferred Stock had no voting rights except for the election of two directors and in connection with certain fundamental events such as mergers, sale of substantially all assets and charter amendments; carried a 6% annual dividend, payable quarterly; and was convertible at the holder’s option, upon the consummation of the initial public offering, into the Company’s common stock at a beneficial conversion rate of 80% of the IPO price. The Company agreed not to enter into an agreement relating to a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving any of four specified companies during the five-year period following the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock to Cisco. If the Company were to enter into any such transaction, the Company could be obligated to repurchase any outstanding securities of the Company held by Cisco and to make an additional cash payment to Cisco equal to the Company’s consolidated revenue for the twelve months preceding the transaction.

On September 15, 2000, Cisco and KPMG LLP agreed that, immediately prior to the closing of an IPO, KPMG LLP would purchase 2,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (half of such shares then outstanding and held by Cisco) from Cisco for $525,000. Under this agreement, the Company agreed to repurchase that number of shares of its Series A Preferred Stock resulting in Cisco owning 9.9% of the Company’s common stock as of the date of its initial public offering. On November 29, 2000, KPMG LLP agreed to convert all of the preferred stock it acquired at the initial public offering price without any conversion discount.

In February 2001, in connection with its IPO, the Company repurchased approximately 1,400,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock from Cisco for $378,329 in cash; Cisco and KPMG LLP converted the remaining 3,600,000 shares into 44,600,000 shares of its common stock. The net amount of the beneficial conversion feature, after deducting the $131,250 conversion discount foregone by KPMG LLP, was $131,250 and reflected as a non-cash charge to net income (loss) available to common stockholders in the fiscal year 2001 Consolidated Statement of Operations.

15. Investment in Affiliate

On June 3, 1999, the Company and Qwest Communications International, Inc. (“Qwest”) formed Qwest Cyber.Solutions, LLC (“QCS”), a company involved in applications outsourcing. Through the contribution of net assets of Softline, the Company acquired a 49% interest in QCS, with the remaining 51% interest being held by Qwest. The Company’s cost basis of its investment in QCS exceeded its proportionate share of QCS’s net assets by $39,244.

QCS periodically required additional capital to fund its operations and acquire equipment to support the expansion of its business and the Company decided not to make any additional capital contributions to QCS. On December 27, 2000, QCS redeemed the Company’s 49% ownership interest in the joint venture in exchange for a nominal amount. Accordingly, the Company’s investment in QCS of $63,330 ($58,482 on an after-tax basis) was written off through a non-cash charge to earnings in December 2000. Concurrent with the disposition of the

F-45

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Company’s equity investment in QCS, the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which the Company continues to have a marketing relationship with QCS. The Company’s marketing relationship with QCS extends through June 2, 2009 or through the date of an initial public offering by QCS, if earlier.

The following is a summary of equity losses of affiliate and loss on redemption of equity interest in affiliate:


	Year Ended June 30, 2001
Interest in QCS’s losses (49%)	$	(10,728	)
Amortization of excess investment in QCS		(1,961	)
Loss on redemption of equity interest in QCS ($58,482 on an after-tax basis)		(63,330	)

Total	$	(76,019	)

16. Capital Stock and Option Awards

Long-Term Incentive Plan

On January 31, 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the Company is authorized to grant stock options and other awards to its employees and directors. The number of shares of common stock that are authorized for grants or awards under the Plan (the “Authorized Shares”) is equal to the greater of (i) 35,084,158 shares of common stock and (ii) 25% of the sum of (x) the number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company and (y) the Authorized Shares. Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the common stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. Generally, stock options granted have 10-year terms and vest over three to four years from the date of grant.

On February 1, 2002, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a tender offer relating to all stock options with an exercise price of $55.50. Under the offering, holders of such options (other than executive officers and directors of the Company) had the opportunity to surrender their options as of March 1, 2002 and, in exchange, receive an equal number of options issued in September 2002 with an exercise price equal to 110% of the then fair market value of the Company’s common stock. On September 3, 2002, the Company issued 4,397,775 replacement options at an exercise price of $11.01. The replacement options vest ratably over three years.

F-46

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Stock award and option activity during the periods indicated was as follows:


	Options/Shares Available for Grant		Options Outstanding
	Options/Shares Available for Grant		Number		Weighted Average Price per Share
Balance at June 30, 2000	27,035,975		8,048,183		$	55.50
Options granted	(22,842,745	)	22,842,745		$	18.07
Options forfeited/canceled	3,539,671		(3,539,671	)	$	36.62

Balance at June 30, 2001	7,732,901		27,351,257		$	27.31
Additional shares authorized	17,471,228		—			—
Options granted	(14,270,171	)	14,270,171		$	13.63
Options exercised	—		(209,146	)	$	17.23
Options forfeited/canceled/tendered	10,620,348		(10,620,348	)	$	38.49
Restricted stock awards	(420,000	)	—		$	13.30

Balance at June 30, 2002	21,134,306		30,791,934		$	17.17
Additional shares authorized	11,541,474		—			—
Options granted	(23,987,908	)	23,987,908		$	9.71
Options forfeited/canceled	6,776,989		(6,776,989	)	$	15.90
Restricted stock awards	22,000		—		$	12.04

Balance at June 30, 2003	15,486,861		48,002,853		$	13.78
Additional shares authorized	951,965		—			—
Options granted	(13,361,885	)	13,361,885		$	8.28
Options exercised	—		(9,149	)	$	6.55
Options forfeited/canceled	3,705,833		(3,705,833	)	$	13.72
Restricted stock awards	(1,278,387	)	—		$	11.71

Balance at December 31, 2003	5,504,387		57,649,756		$	12.51

Information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2003 is as follows:


	Outstanding Options				Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Price	Number Outstanding December 31, 2003	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable December 31, 2003	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$ 0.00-$5.54	1,200	8.8	$	5.43	300	$	5.43
$ 5.55-$11.09	31,308,885	9.1	$	9.03	4,533,585	$	9.84
$11.10-$16.64	12,209,232	7.7	$	13.32	5,748,050	$	13.33
$16.65-$22.19	13,515,088	7.0	$	18.04	9,685,251	$	18.01
$22.20-$27.74	76,370	6.6	$	22.63	43,772	$	22.61
$49.95-$55.50	538,981	6.0	$	55.50	409,731	$	55.50

	57,649,756	8.3	$	12.51	20,420,689	$	15.64

Options exercisable at June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were 10,739,896, 5,033,666 and 1,766,582, respectively, with a weighted average exercise price of $18.32, $21.08 and $53.78, respectively.

Under the provisions of the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Company may, at its discretion, grant restricted stock awards to certain of its officers and employees. During fiscal year 2002, the Company granted

F-47

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

420,000 shares of restricted common stock, of which 60,000 shares have been forfeited as of December 31, 2003. Holders of restricted stock have all the rights of other stockholders, subject to certain restrictions and forfeiture provisions; such restricted stock is considered to be issued and outstanding. Restrictions on the shares will expire over three years. The market value of shares awarded during fiscal year 2002 was $5,586, and was recorded as unearned compensation. Unearned compensation is being amortized to expense over the three-year vesting period and amounted to $698, $1,546 and $1,862 during the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

In connection with the various Andersen Business Consulting acquisitions, the Company committed to the issuance of approximately 3,000,000 shares of common stock (net of forfeitures) to former partners of those practices as a retentive measure. The stock awards have no purchase price and are issued as to one-third of the shares on the first three anniversaries of the acquisition of the relevant consulting practice, so long as the recipient remains employed by the Company. Compensation expense is being recorded ratably over the three-year service period beginning in July 2002. Compensation expense was $6,669 and $13,531 for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the year ended June 30, 2003, respectively. As of December 31, 2003, 1,240,387 shares of common stock have been issued.

On October 12, 2000, the Company adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) that allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a discount, through accumulated payroll deductions of 1% to 15% of their compensation, up to a maximum of $25. Under the ESPP, shares of the Company’s common stock are purchased at 85% of the lesser of the fair market value at the beginning of the twenty-four month offering period, the fair market value at the beginning of each six-month purchase period or the fair market value at the end of each six-month purchase period ending on July 31 and January 31, respectively. The ESPP became effective on February 1, 2001. During the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, employees purchased a total of 1,560,615, 3,547,675 and 2,280,341 shares for $10,466, $26,927 and $26,674, respectively. As of December 31, 2003, 11,584,451 common shares remained available for issue under the ESPP.

Notes Receivable from Stockholders

On February 16, 2000, the Company issued stock awards of 297,324 shares to certain employees as part of the separation of KPMG LLP’s consulting businesses. In connection with these awards, the Company also provided loans of $7,433 to the grantees for personal income taxes attributed to the awards. The loans are secured by the shares of common stock issued to the employees, and prior to August 7, 2003 bore interest at 6.2% per annum with respect to $5,845 of the principal amount and at 4.63% per annum with respect to $1,588 of the principal amount. Principal and accrued interest on the loans is due no later than August 7, 2004. In the event the value of the Company’s common stock is less than the aggregate principal and interest of the loans upon maturity in August 2004, the employees may elect to surrender their shares relating to the stock award. At December 31, 2003, the estimated fair market value of the stock awards was approximately $3,000.

During the year ended June 30, 2003, the Company recorded adjustments to additional paid-in-capital, retained earnings (accumulated deficit) and notes receivable from stockholders related to a revision of the accounting relating to stock awards and related shareholder notes in prior years (the Company revised its accounting for certain stock awards and shareholder notes to reflect variable accounting as opposed to fixed plan accounting). The revision did not have a material impact on the statements of operations for any prior periods and therefore prior years’ financial statements were not restated. Instead, the aggregate effect of the revised accounting was reflected as adjustments to the previously referenced components of stockholders’ equity as of July 1, 2002.

F-48

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The Company also provided loans to executive officers of $1,672 at an interest rate of 4.5% in October 2001. These loans are full recourse loans. As of December 31, 2003, the balance of these loans was $1,681, including $156 of accrued interest.

Common Stock Repurchase

In August 2001, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $100,000 of its common stock. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had repurchased 3,812,250 shares of its common stock at an aggregated purchase price of $35,727. The repurchased shares are held in treasury.

Preferred Stock

The Company has 10,000,000 authorized shares of $0.01 par value Preferred Stock. An aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock have been designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock for issuance in connection with the Company’s Shareholder Rights Plan. As of December 31, 2003, none of the Company’s Preferred Stock was issued or outstanding.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Under the Company’s deferred compensation plan, certain members of management and other highly compensated employees may elect to defer receipt of a portion of their annual compensation, subject to maximum and minimum percentage limitations. The amount of compensation deferred under the plan is credited to each participant’s deferral account and a deferred compensation liability established by the Company. An amount equaling each participant’s compensation deferral is transferred into a grantor trust and invested in various debt and equity securities. The assets of the grantor trust are held by the Company and recorded as other current assets within the balance sheet.

Deferred compensation plan investments are classified as trading securities and consist primarily of investments in mutual funds, money market funds and equity securities. The values of these investments are based on published market quotes at the end of the period. Adjustments to the fair value of these investments are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. Gross realized and unrealized gains and losses from trading securities have not been material. These investments are specifically designated as available to the Company solely for the purpose of paying benefits under the Company’s deferred compensation plan. However, in the event the Company became insolvent, the investments would be available to all unsecured general creditors.

The deferred compensation liability relates to obligations due to participants under the plan. The deferred compensation liability balance represents accumulated participant deferrals, and earnings thereon, since the inception of the plan, net of withdrawals. The deferred compensation liability is recorded within other liabilities on the balance sheet. The Company’s liability under the plan is an unsecured general obligation of the Company.

Shareholder Rights Plan

On August 29, 2001, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan. Under the plan, a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “Right”) was declared for each share of common stock of the Company that was outstanding on October 2, 2001. Each right entitles the holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of a new series of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $90, subject to adjustment.

F-49

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The Rights will trade automatically with the common stock and will not be exercisable until a person or group has become an “acquiring person” by acquiring 15% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock, or a person or group commences a tender offer that will result in such a person or group owning 15% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Upon announcement that any person or group has become an acquiring person, each Right will entitle all rightholders (other than the acquiring person) to purchase, for the exercise price of $90, a number of shares of the Company’s common stock having a market value equal to twice the exercise price. Rightholders would also be entitled to purchase common stock of the acquiring person having a value of twice the exercise price if, after a person had become an acquiring person, the Company were to enter into certain mergers or other transactions. If any person becomes an acquiring person, the Board of Directors may, at its option and subject to certain limitations, exchange one share of common stock for each right.

The rights have certain anti-takeover effects, in that they would cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire a significant interest in the Company on terms not approved by the Board of Directors. In the event that the Board of Directors determines a transaction to be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, the Board of Directors may redeem the Rights for $0.01 per share at any time prior to a person or group becoming an acquiring person. The Rights will expire on October 2, 2011.

17. Income Taxes

The Company reported loss before taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle of $162,936, including net foreign losses of $154,848 for the six months ended December 31, 2003. The Company reported income before taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle of $99,066, $134,586 and $136,848, including net foreign losses of $37,024, $10,365 and $14,600, for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

F-50

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The components of income tax expense are as follows:


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2002			Year Ended June 30, 2001
Current:
Federal	$	8,296		$	40,622		$	65,175		$	86,487
State and local		2,029			11,059			18,584			24,446
Foreign		10,332			28,539			7,783			2,780

Total current		20,657			80,220			91,542			113,713

Deferred:
Federal		(10,044	)		2,595			(8,281	)		(8,635	)
State and local		(2,995	)		665			(1,456	)		(2,440	)
Foreign		(4,787	)		(25,721	)		(281	)		(741	)

Total deferred		(17,826	)		(22,461	)		(10,018	)		(11,816	)

Total	$	2,831		$	57,759		$	81,524		$	101,897

The following table presents the principal reasons for the difference between the effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations and the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate:


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2002		Year Ended June 30, 2001
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
Nondeductible goodwill impairment	(26.9	)	—		—		—
Change in valuation allowance	(10.6	)	15.1		10.0		4.6
Foreign taxes	4.6		(5.8	)	1.0		1.1
Nondeductible meals and entertainment expense	(1.9	)	5.4		4.3		5.4
State taxes, net of federal benefit	0.2		8.5		8.3		10.5
Nondeductible intangibles amortization	(0.1	)	0.2		—		0.6
Other, net	(2.0	)	(0.1	)	2.0		2.0
Nondeductible equity losses of affiliate and loss on redemption of equity interest in affiliate	—		—		—		15.3

Effective income tax rate	(1.7	)%	58.3	%	60.6	%	74.5	%

F-51

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The temporary differences that give rise to a significant portion of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:


	December 31, 2003			June 30, 2003			June 30, 2002
Deferred income tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	95,344		$	67,100		$	30,400
Accrued compensation		34,863			26,400			19,600
Lease and facilities charge		22,003			—			—
Capital loss carryforward		6,551			7,000			10,500
Intangible assets		6,257			4,500			—
Reserve for claims		5,027			5,800			800
Allowance for doubtful accounts		3,917			600			10,900
Equity-based compensation		2,942			8,700			—
Accrued liabilities		2,924			9,921			7,900
Deferred compensation		2,691			—			—
Restructuring charges		—			8,000			—
Revenue		—			1,100			—
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			9,700
Goodwill		—			—			4,800
Foreign currency translation		—			—			1,100

Total gross deferred income taxes		182,519			139,121			95,700
Less valuation allowance		(71,607	)		(56,700	)		(41,000	)

Total net deferred income tax assets		110,912			82,421			54,700

Deferred income tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		13,124			11,300			—
Pension		8,368			6,400			8,500
Other assets, net		6,044			6,800			—
Transaction costs		3,581			—			—
Revenue		1,372			—			—
Foreign currency translation		878			100			—
Investment securities		280			—			—
Cash flow hedge		252			300			—
Intangible assets		—			—			3,406
Equity-based compensation		—			—			800

Total deferred income tax liabilities		33,899			24,900			12,706

Net deferred income tax asset	$	77,013		$	57,521		$	41,994

Pursuant to the requirements of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” these assets and liabilities are presented on the balance sheet as follows:


	December 31, 2003			June 30, 2003			June 30, 2002
Current deferred tax assets	$	35,291		$	36,195		$	27,390
Non-current deferred tax assets		50,539			24,606			14,604
Current deferred tax liabilities		(4,268	)		—			—
Non-current deferred tax liabilities		(4,549	)		(3,280	)		—

	$	77,013		$	57,521		$	41,994

F-52

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The Company has U.S. net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2003 of approximately $47,000, which expire at various dates through 2019. The Company also has foreign net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2003 of approximately $229,000, which expire at various dates prescribed in foreign law. A valuation allowance has been recorded due to the uncertainty of the recognition of certain deferred income tax assets, primarily the net operating loss carryforwards of certain U.S. and foreign subsidiaries, and the capital loss carryforwards of certain U.S. entities. The net changes in the valuation allowance for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $14,907, $15,700, $11,900 and $6,200, respectively. At December 31, 2003, $2,100 of the Company’s valuation allowance relates to deferred tax assets for which any subsequently recognized tax benefits will reduce goodwill of an acquired entity.

The Company has not provided for U.S. income taxes on the unremitted earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries as these earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested. These earnings amounted to approximately $132,500, $85,000, $20,000 and $10,000 as of December 31, 2003, June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. It is not practicable to compute the estimated deferred tax liability on these earnings.

18. Transactions with Related Parties

Cisco

The Company entered into an alliance agreement with Cisco Systems, Inc. on December 29, 1999. At the same time the Company executed this alliance agreement, it also entered into an agreement with Cisco pursuant to which Cisco purchased 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. The term of the alliance agreement is five years, and may be extended as mutually agreed by the Company and Cisco (see Note 14).

KPMG LLP

Infrastructure Services. The Company and KPMG LLP entered into an outsourcing agreement effective January 31, 2000, whereby the Company received and was charged for services performed by KPMG LLP. Certain services provided to the Company pursuant to this original outsourcing agreement were not necessary for it to operate its business as an independent Company since they were duplicative or were performed by the Company internally. In recognition of this fact and in anticipation of consummation of the Company’s IPO, the Company and KPMG LLP entered into an amended and restated outsourcing agreement effective July 1, 2000, eliminating the services related costs that were not required. Thereafter, on February 13, 2001, the Company and KPMG LLP entered into a transition services agreement whereby the Company receives and is charged for infrastructure services on substantially the same basis as the amended and restated outsourcing agreement. The allocation of costs to the Company for such services is based on actual costs incurred by KPMG LLP and are allocated among KPMG LLP’s assurance and tax businesses and the Company primarily on the basis of full-time equivalent personnel and actual usage (specific identification).

The transition services agreement expires on the fourth anniversary of the Company’s February 8, 2001 initial public offering with regard to the technology-related services and certain non-technology services, and on the third anniversary of the IPO with regard to all other costs except for those relating to facilities costs. With regard to facilities costs, the Company and KPMG LLP have entered into arrangements pursuant to which the Company subleases from KPMG LLP office space that was formally allocated to the Company under the outsourcing agreement. The terms of the arrangements are substantially equivalent to those under the original outsourcing agreement, and will extend over the remaining period covered by the lease agreement between KPMG LLP and the lessor. If the Company terminates any services under the transition services agreement prior

F-53

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

to the end of the term for such services, the Company is obligated to pay to KPMG LLP any “termination costs” incurred as a result of KPMG LLP having made investments in systems, personnel and other assets that were used in KPMG LLP’s shared infrastructure and national support capabilities. It is the intent of the parties that, during the term of the transition services agreement, the Company will work with KPMG LLP to minimize any termination costs arising at the end of the term of the agreement, and the Company will wind down its receipt of services from KPMG LLP by developing its own infrastructure and support capabilities or by engaging third party providers of such services (see Note 13).

Effective October 1, 2002, the Company and KPMG LLP entered into an Outsourcing Services Agreement under which KPMG LLP provides the Company certain services relating to office space. These services covered by the Outsourcing Services Agreement had previously been provided under the transition services agreement. The services will be provided for three years at a cost that is less than the cost for comparable services under the transition services agreement. Additionally, KPMG LLP agreed that for all services terminated as of December 31, 2002 under the transition services agreement, the Company will not be charged any termination costs in addition to the $1,000 paid in fiscal year 2002, and that there will be no termination costs with respect to the office-related services at the end of the three year term of the Outsourcing Services Agreement.

Total expenses allocated to the Company with regard to occupancy costs and other infrastructure services are as follows:


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2002		Year Ended June 30, 2001
Occupancy costs	$	12,831	$	25,855	$	29,325	$	55,502
Other infrastructure service costs		39,752		96,544		138,282		179,393

Total	$	52,583	$	122,399	$	167,607	$	234,895

Amounts included in:
Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	39,752	$	96,544	$	138,282	$	169,951
Other costs of service		12,831		25,855		29,325		64,944

	$	52,583	$	122,399	$	167,607	$	234,895

Internal-Use Software Costs. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2002 and 2001, the Company purchased $1,914, and $47,098, respectively, of internal-use software from KPMG LLP at its net book value. The Company made no additional purchases of internal-use software from KPMG LLP during the six months ended December 31, 2003 or the fiscal year ended 2003.

IPO Transaction Costs. In October 2000, KPMG LLP and the Company agreed to pool all IPO transaction costs (such as legal, accounting and printing costs) and apportion them to the companies based on the relative number of shares sold in the initial public offering. Accordingly, the Company incurred transaction costs of approximately $28,237, which were accounted for as a reduction in proceeds from the transaction.

Related Party Revenue and Costs of Service. The Company has periodically provided consulting services directly to KPMG LLP and other affiliates. Additionally, KPMG LLP’s assurance and tax businesses sometimes utilized the Company’s consultants in servicing their assurance and tax clients. Correspondingly, the Company sometimes utilized KPMG LLP assurance and tax professionals in servicing their consulting clients.

F-54

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Management believes that the revenue earned and fees paid between KPMG LLP’s assurance and tax businesses, other affiliates and the Company were determined on a basis substantially equivalent to what would have been earned and paid in similar transactions with unrelated parties. The revenue earned from, and costs paid to, KPMG LLP as a result of these services are summarized as follows:


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2002		Year Ended June 30, 2001
Total revenue	$	3,075	$	28,029	$	11,962	$	53,554

Total costs of service	$	1,351	$	7,284	$	6,961	$	35,581

Accounts receivable from, and accounts payable to, KPMG LLP were $5,625 and $6,526, respectively, as of December 31, 2003, $1,253 and $5,243, respectively, as of June 30, 2003, and $1,414 and $16,634, respectively, as of June 30, 2002.

Other Related Parties

Revenue earned from other related parties was as follows:


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2002		Year Ended June 30, 2001
Cisco	$	1,194	$	4,992	$	6,770	$	18,087
Qwest (see Note 15)		—		—		—		15,635	(a)

	$	1,194	$	4,992	$	6,770	$	33,722

(a)	Includes revenues through December 27, 2000, as Qwest ceased to be a related party as of that date (see Note 15).

Accounts receivable and unbilled revenue from other related parties were $22, $730 and $692 from Cisco as of December 31, 2003, June 30, 2003 and June 30, 2002, respectively.

19. Employee Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan

The Company sponsors a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all of its employees. Participants are permitted (subject to a maximum permissible contribution under the Internal Revenue Code for calendar year 2003 of $12) to contribute up to 50% of their pre-tax earnings to the Plan. Matching contributions by the Company are discretionary and range between 0%-50% of the first 6% of employees’ pre-tax earnings contributions. Matching contributions are calculated once a year on the last day of the Plan year (April 30). Employees may elect to invest their retirement funds in the Company’s common stock, but no provisions of the plan require them to do so. In addition, the Plan does not restrict the ability of employees to dispose of any of the Company’s common stock that they hold in their retirement funds. Company contributions, net of forfeitures, for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $0, $2,176, $1,159 and $13,640, respectively, and were made in cash.

F-55

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

During the first half of fiscal year 2003, the Company significantly expanded its international operations through acquisitions. Some of the acquired operations, primarily within the EMEA operating segment, had pre-existing defined benefit pension plans, and as such the Company has become the sponsor of these plans. These plans include both funded and unfunded noncontributory defined benefit pension plans that provide benefits based on years of service and salary. Pension coverage, which is often governed by local statutory requirements, is provided under the various plans. The Company accounts for those defined benefit pension plans under SFAS No. 87.

The Company also offers a postretirement medical plan to the majority of its full-time employees and managing directors. This plan is accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 106, which requires the Company to accrue for future postretirement medical benefits.

The pension benefit plans and the postretirement medical plan have a measurement date of December 31, 2003 for the six months ended December 31, 2003. The pension benefit plans and the postretirement medical plan have a measurement date of June 30, 2003 and March 31, 2003 respectively for the year ended June 30, 2003.

The following schedules provide information concerning the defined benefit pension plans held by the Company:


	Pension Benefits
	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003
Components of net periodic pension cost
Service cost	$	2,189		$	2,372
Interest cost		1,723			2,197
Expected return on plan assets		(457	)		—
Amortization of loss		5			21
Amortization of prior service cost		258			—
Curtailment		—			(1,285	)

Net periodic pension cost	$	3,718		$	3,305


	Postretirement Medical Benefits
	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003
Components of postretirement medical cost
Service cost	$	495		$	900
Interest cost		179			285
Amortization of prior service cost		239			478

Net periodic postretirement medical cost	$	913		$	1,663

F-56

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Curtailment gains are the result of the fiscal year 2003 workforce reduction programs.


	Pension Benefits						Postretirement Medical Benefits
	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003			Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003
	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003			Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30, 2003
Change in projected benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	48,152		$	—		$	5,737		$	4,568
Acquisitions(1)		27,540			40,120			—			—
Service cost		2,189			2,372			495			900
Interest cost		1,723			2,197			179			285
Plan participants’ contributions		451			—			41			—
Curtailment		—			(1,285	)		—			—
Adjustment cost		649			—			—			—
Benefits paid		(4,809	)		(1,003	)		(14	)		(16	)
Administrative expense		—			—			(3	)		—
Actuarial loss		765			21			484			—
Amendments		4,462			—			—			—
Effect of exchange rate changes		7,734			5,730			—			—

Projected benefit obligation at end of year	$	88,856		$	48,152		$	6,919		$	5,737

Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Acquisition(1)		22,500			—			—			—
Actual return on plan assets		676			—			—			—
Employer contributions		1,406			—			(24	)		16
Employee contributions		451			—			41			—
Benefits paid		(4,260	)		—			(14	)		(16	)
Administrative expense		—			—			(3	)		—
Effect of exchange rate changes		1,891			—			—			—

Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	22,664		$	—		$	—		$	—

Reconciliation of funded status
Funded status	$	(66,192	)	$	(48,152	)	$	(6,919	)	$	(5,737	)
Unrecognized loss		522			153			484			—
Unamortized prior service cost		9,678			—			3,460			3,699
Additional minimum liability		(882	)		—			—			—
Intangible assets		882			—			—			—

Net amount recognized	$	(55,992	)	$	(47,999	)	$	(2,975	)	$	(2,038	)

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Accrued benefit cost	$	(56,874	)	$	(47,999	)	$	(2,975	)	$	(2,038	)
Intangible assets		882			—			—			—

Net amount recognized	$	(55,992	)	$	(47,999	)	$	(2,975	)	$	(2,038	)

Accumulated benefit obligation	$	75,525		$	39,898		$	6,919		$	5,737

(1)	Activity reflected during the six months ended December 31, 2003 represents a defined benefit pension plan acquired in conjunction with an acquisition completed during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003.

F-57

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

All benefit plans have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003.


	Pension Benefits				Postretirement Medical Benefits
	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2003		Six Months Ended December 31, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2003
	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2003		Six Months Ended December 31, 2003		Year Ended June 30, 2003
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
Discount rate	5.0	%	5.5	%	6.0	%	6.3	%
Rate of compensation increase	2.7	%	2.5	%	—		—

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
Discount rate	5.0	%	5.5	%	6.3	%	6.3	%
Expected long-term return on plan assets	4.3	%	—		—		—
Rate of compensation increase	2.7	%	2.5	%	—		—

	Pension Benefits
	December 31, 2003
Asset category
Bonds	65.0	%
Equities	33.0
Other	2.0

Total	100.0	%

The Company’s target allocation is 30% equities and 70% bonds. This target allocation is used in conjunction with historical returns on these asset categories to determine an appropriate expected long-term return on plan assets.


	Postretirement Medical Benefits
	December 31, 2003		June 30, 2003
Assumed health care cost trend rates
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year	9.0	%	9.0	%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)	5.0	%	5.0	%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate	2007		2007

F-58

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:


	Postretirement Medical Benefits
	1-Percentage- Point Increase		1-Percentage- Point Decrease
Assumed health care cost trend rates
Effect on total service and interest cost	$	95	$	(82	)

The Company expects to contribute approximately $3,000 to its pension plans and postretirement medical plan in the year ending December 31, 2004.

The Company has other employee benefit plans for which the liability is $3,009 and $3,629 as of December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003, respectively.

20. Reduction in Workforce and Other Charges

Reduction in Workforce

During the six months ended December 31, 2003, the Company recorded, as part of professional compensation expense, $13,559 in charges for severance and termination benefits related to a worldwide reduction in workforce which was recorded in the following segments: $1,037 in Public Services, $1,786 in Communications & Content, $413 in Financial Services, $2,786 in Consumer, Industrial and Technology, $4,399 in EMEA, $473 in Asia Pacific, $327 in Latin America, and $2,338 in Corporate/Other. The reduction in workforce affected approximately 250 employees, across infrastructure and all lines of service, and was the result of aligning the Company’s workforce with market demand for services. All of the affected employees have been notified of termination. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $11,221 of the total liability has been paid. The remaining severance accrual, recorded within the balance sheet caption “Accrued payroll and employee benefits,” is expected to be paid by the end of calendar year 2004.

During the year ended June 30, 2003, the Company recorded, as part of professional compensation expense, $17,824 in charges for severance and termination benefits related to a worldwide reduction in workforce which was recorded in the following segments: $1,270 in Public Services, $2,483 in Communications & Content, $997 in Financial Services, $3,049 in Consumer, Industrial and Technology, $3,995 in Asia Pacific, $245 in Latin America and $5,785 in Corporate/Other. The reduction in workforce affected approximately 570 employees, across all lines of service, and was the result of aligning the Company’s workforce with market demand for services. All of the affected employees have been terminated and are no longer employed by the Company.

During the year ended June 30, 2002, the Company recorded, as part of professional compensation expense, charges of $21,323 for severance and termination benefits related to worldwide reductions in workforce. The reduction in workforce affected 513 employees and was the result of balancing the Company’s resources with market demand for services. The reduction in workforce was recorded in the following segments: $1,338 in Public Services, $2,440 in Communications & Content, $2,808 in Financial Services, $1,274 in Consumer, Industrial and Technology, $28 in EMEA, $3,046 in Asia Pacific, $2,282 in Latin America, and $8,107 in Corporate/Other. All of the affected employees have been terminated and are no longer employed by the Company.

F-59

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

During the year ended June 30, 2001, the Company recorded, as part of professional compensation expense, $19,968 in charges for severance and termination benefits related to a worldwide reduction in workforce which was recorded in the following segments: $3,807 in Public Services, $3,455 in Communication & Content, $7,097 in Financial Services, $3,892 in Consumer, Industrial and Technology, $1,575 in Latin America and $142 in Corporate/Other. The reduction in workforce affected 575 employees and was the result of aligning the Company’s resources with market demand for services. All of the affected employees have been terminated and are no longer employed by the Company.

Lease, Facilities and Other Exit Activities

On August 14, 2003, the Company announced its intention of reducing its overall office space in an effort to eliminate excess capacity and to align its office space with its current workforce and the needs of the business. During the six months ended December 31, 2003, the Company recorded, within the Corporate/Other operating segment, restructuring charges totaling $61,686 related to lease, facility and other exit activities, primarily in the North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions. The Company expects to incur additional lease and facilities related restructuring charges of approximately $8,000 – $10,000 during calendar year 2004. The $61,686 restructuring charge included $46,322 related to the fair value of future lease obligations (net of estimated sublease income), $7,381 representing the unamortized cost of fixed assets and $7,983 in other costs associated with exiting facilities. As of December 31, 2003, the Company has a remaining lease and facilities accrual of $22,048 and $33,465, identified as current and noncurrent portions, recorded within the balance sheet captions “Other current liabilities” and “Other liabilities,” respectively. The remaining lease and facilities accrual will be paid over the remaining lease terms.

During the year ended June 30, 2003, the Company recorded, as part of other costs of service, restructuring charges totaling $17,592 related to lease, facility and other exit activities in the following segments: $5,957 in EMEA, $2,114 in Asia Pacific and $9,521 in Corporate/Other.

The following table summarizes the restructuring activities (including those activities accounted for as part of the acquisitions (see Note 6)) for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002.


	Severance			Lease and Facilities			Total
Balance at June 30, 2001	$	4,236		$	—		$	4,236
Charges to operations		21,323			—			21,323
Payments		(24,397	)		—			(24,397	)

Balance at June 30, 2002		1,162			—			1,162
Acquisition related restructuring charges		39,150			—			39,150
Charges to operations		17,824			17,592			35,416
Payments		(50,336	)		(7,692	)		(58,028	)
Other (a)		4,106			267			4,373

Balance at June 30, 2003		11,906			10,167			22,073
Charges to operations		13,559			61,686			75,245
Payments		(22,039	)		(16,169	)		(38,208	)
Other (a)		(1,088	)		(171	)		(1,259	)

Balance at December 31, 2003	$	2,338		$	55,513		$	57,851

(a)	Other changes in restructuring accrual consist primarily of foreign currency translation adjustments

F-60

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Impairment Charges

The Company recorded the following impairment charges during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2002 and 2001:

•

Impairment charges related to software licenses held for resale due to lower than anticipated sales in the amount of $7,600 and $7,827, during fiscal year 2002 and 2001, respectively (approximately $5,100 of the fiscal year 2002 charge was recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2002).

•

During the three months ended June 30, 2002, $16,022 was recorded as an impairment charge to write-off the value of the Company’s portfolio of equity investments at June 30, 2002.

21. Segment Information

The Company’s segment information has been prepared in accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise engaging in business activities about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision-maker, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. Through fiscal year 2002, the Company provided consulting services through five reportable segments, including Public Services, Communications & Content, Financial Services, Consumer and Industrial Markets and High Technology. Upon completion of a series of international acquisitions during the first quarter of fiscal year 2003, the Company established three international operating segments (EMEA, the Asia Pacific and Latin America regions). Effective July 1, 2003, the Company combined its Consumer and Industrial Markets and High Technology industry groups to form the Consumer, Industrial and Technology industry group. For the six months ended December 31, 2003, the Company had seven reportable segments in addition to the Corporate/Other category (which consists primarily of infrastructure costs). Accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Upon consolidation all intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Inter-segment revenue is not included in the measure of profit or loss and total assets for each reportable segment. Performance of the segments is evaluated on operating income excluding the costs of infrastructure functions (such as information systems, finance and accounting, human resources, legal and marketing). Prior year segment information has been reclassified to reflect current year changes.

F-61

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			Year Ended June 30,
	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003			2003			2002			2001
Revenues
Public Services	$	575,025		$	1,094,754		$	966,422		$	871,597
Communications & Content		140,460			350,694			473,269			551,089
Financial Services		120,664			236,773			229,993			463,930
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		215,592			523,943			505,895			826,881
EMEA		289,295			567,581			16,089			18,311
Asia Pacific		163,287			293,214			128,145			60,620
Latin America		47,068			73,743			44,054			62,800
Corporate/Other (1)		3,040			(1,425	)		3,760			596

Total	$	1,554,431		$	3,139,277		$	2,367,627		$	2,855,824

Depreciation and Amortization
Public Services	$	4,335		$	11,186		$	10,203		$	8,469
Communications & Content		484			2,063			2,710			8,192
Financial Services		762			1,735			1,911			3,895
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		885			2,388			2,304			12,793
EMEA		13,747			45,971			4			2,212
Asia Pacific		2,428			5,734			1,013			4,110
Latin America		320			371			124			5,021
Corporate/Other (1)		24,831			46,919			31,051			16,330

Total	$	47,792		$	116,367		$	49,320		$	61,022

Interest Expense (2)
Public Services	$	9,515		$	18,883		$	17,596		$	17,312
Communications & Content		1,353			3,212			8,898			12,662
Financial Services		1,212			2,411			3,202			9,124
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		2,467			6,314			9,824			12,007
EMEA		1,185			1,812			170			—
Asia Pacific		2,325			1,359			2,410			1,383
Latin America		1,166			1,370			1,055			2,341
Corporate/Other (1)		(11,990	)		(20,286	)		(40,907	)		(37,654	)

Total	$	7,233		$	15,075		$	2,248		$	17,175

Operating Income
Public Services	$	159,396		$	313,573		$	311,140		$	243,536
Communications & Content		29,375			96,100			121,097			132,252
Financial Services		27,884			55,210			31,520			59,391
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		38,123			114,957			118,776			212,067
EMEA (3)		(109,570	)		66,819			1,543			(1,252	)
Asia Pacific		28,319			28,825			630			2,655
Latin America		7,625			19,745			(3,648	)		(21,105	)
Corporate/Other (1)		(339,880	)		(580,757	)		(448,026	)		(406,063	)

Total	$	(158,728	)	$	114,472		$	133,032		$	221,481

Assets (4)
Public Services	$	352,211		$	293,166		$	189,860		$	206,414
Communications & Content		72,419			79,532			75,494			145,152
Financial Services		45,858			49,575			29,399			61,616
Consumer, Industrial and Technology		117,716			123,894			88,723			170,833
EMEA		1,023,946			1,087,372			18,108			38,950
Asia Pacific		188,316			152,797			89,748			39,733
Latin America		42,410			33,578			23,058			67,506
Corporate/Other (1)		286,571			246,490			399,780			316,844

Total	$	2,129,447		$	2,066,404		$	914,170		$	1,047,048

(1)	Corporate/Other operating loss is principally due to infrastructure and shared services costs.

(2)	Interest expense is allocated to the industry segments based on accounts receivable and unbilled revenues.

(3)	Includes a $127,326 goodwill impairment charge during the six months ended December 31, 2003.

(4)	Industry segment assets include accounts receivable, unbilled revenues, certain software and property and equipment directly attributed to the industry segment, purchased intangible assets and goodwill. All other assets are not allocated to industry segments and are deemed to be corporate assets.

F-62

BEARINGPOINT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Geographic Information

Financial data segmented by geographic area is provided below:


	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003				Year Ended June 30,
	Six Months Ended December 31, 2003				2003					2002				2001
	Revenue (2)		Long-Lived Assets (3)		Revenue (2)			Long-Lived Assets (3)		Revenue (2)		Long-Lived Assets (3)		Revenue (2)		Long-Lived Assets (3)
North America (1)	$	1,051,741	$	148,109	$	2,206,164		$	154,634	$	2,175,579	$	116,894	$	2,713,497	$	115,378

EMEA		289,295		37,311		567,581			35,251		16,089		190		18,311		259
Asia Pacific		163,287		14,390		293,214			12,757		128,145		6,761		60,620		2,573
Latin America		47,068		3,531		73,743			3,766		44,054		2,083		62,800		1,714

Total Outside of North America		499,650		55,232		934,538			51,774		188,288		9,034		141,731		4,546

Corporate/Other		3,040		—		(1,425	)		2,377		3,760		—		596		—

Total	$	1,554,431	$	203,341	$	3,139,277		$	208,785	$	2,367,627	$	125,928	$	2,855,824	$	119,924

(1)

The North America region includes the Public Services, Communication & Content, Financial Services and Consumer, Industrial and Technology segments. The North America region is comprised of operations in the United States and Canada. The Company reports financial information for these two countries as one region. Canadian operations do not contribute materially to the North American region.

(2)	Revenue by geographic region is reported based on where client services are supervised.

(3)	Long-lived assets represent property and equipment, net of depreciation, related to the geographic region in which the assets reside.

22. Subsequent Events

On March 30, 2004, the Company named Betsy Bernard to the Company’s Board of Directors, expanding the Board to nine members. Ms. Bernard, 48, served as the President of AT&T Corporation until December 2003. She currently serves on the boards of directors of The Principal Financial Group and United Technologies Corporation. Ms. Bernard holds an MS degree in management from Stanford University’s Sloan Fellowship Program, an MBA from Fairleigh Dickenson University and a BA degree from St. Lawrence University.

Since August 14, 2003, various separate complaints purporting to be class actions were filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia alleging that the Company and certain of its officers violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The complaints contain varying allegations, including that the Company made materially misleading statements with respect to its financial results for the first three quarters of fiscal year 2003 in its SEC filings and press releases. Plaintiffs’ Amended Consolidated Complaint was filed on December 31, 2003. Defendants’ Motion to Dismiss was filed on February 10, 2004. On March 31, 2004, the parties filed a stipulation requesting that the Court approve a settlement of this matter for $1.7 million, all of which is to be paid by the Company’s insurer. On April 2, 2004, the Court considered and gave preliminary approval to the proposed settlement. Notice of the settlement has been sent to the purported class of shareholders.

F-63

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all fees and expenses payable by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the selling stockholder for brokerage, accounting, tax or legal services or any other expenses incurred by the selling stockholder in disposing of the shares). All such expenses, except the Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to as the SEC, registration fee, are estimated.


SEC registration fee	$	18,110
Legal fees and expenses	$	680,000
Accounting fees and expenses	$	285,000
Printing expenses	$	75,000
Miscellaneous	$	50,000

Total	$	1,108,110

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Limitation on Liability of Directors

Section 145(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, if he or she acted under similar standards to those set forth above, except that no indemnification may be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine that despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnified for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Section 145 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a corporation has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled; and that the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a director or officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against such officer or director and incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liabilities under Section 145.

II-1

As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, the company’s certificate of incorporation provides that a director shall not be personally liable to the company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, such provision does not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for: (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) any violation of Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) engaging in any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The company’s certificate of incorporation requires that directors and officers be indemnified to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, or any other applicable law or amendments thereunder but, in the case of any amendments, only to the extent such amendment permits the company to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto.

Any underwriting agreements that we may enter into may provide for the indemnification of the registrant, its controlling persons, its directors and certain of its officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The company has a directors’ liability insurance policy that insures directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On August 22, 2002, as partial consideration for its acquisition of BearingPoint GmbH, formerly KPMG Consulting AG, the Company issued 30,471,309 shares of its common stock to the former stockholders of BearingPoint GmbH pursuant to a share purchase agreement among the Company, KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft AG, the majority stockholder of BearingPoint GmbH, and the minority stockholders of BearingPoint GmbH, as set forth in the share purchase agreement. The shares were issued in a private placement pursuant to the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Regulation S. The Company based their reliance on representations made to the Company by the former stockholders of BearingPoint GmbH as to their status as non-U.S. persons.

On November 26, 2002, the Company completed the private placement to accredited institutional investors of $220,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of senior notes, consisting of $29,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.95% Series A Senior Notes due 2005, $46,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.43% Series B Senior Notes due 2006 and $145,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.71% Series C Senior Notes due 2007 pursuant to several note purchase agreements, dated November 26, 2002, among the Company, the Company’s subsidiaries executing the purchase agreement as guarantors and the purchasers thereto. The Company used the proceeds from the sale of the notes to repay a $220,000,000 bridge loan, which was put in place in August 2002 to complete the funding of certain acquisitions. The notes were issued without registration pursuant to the exemption in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Regulation D. The Company based such reliance on representations made to the Company by the purchasers as to their investment intent and status as institutional accredited investors.

II-2

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.


Exh. No.		Description
2.1		Share Purchase Agreement dated June 8, 2002, among the Company, KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft AG and the minority shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 6, 2002.

3.1		Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated as of February 7, 2001, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2001.

3.2		Amended and Restated Bylaws, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

3.3		Certificate of Ownership and Merger merging Bones Holding into the Company, dated October 2, 2002, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

4.1		Rights Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2001, between the Company and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.1 from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated October 3, 2001.

4.2		Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.2 from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated October 3, 2001.

4.3		Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement between the Company and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 6, 2002.

5.1		Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP as to the legality of the common stock covered by this registration statement.*

10.1		Amended and Restated Separation Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2001, among KPMG LLP, KPMG Consulting, LLC and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2001.

10.2		Limited License Agreement between the Company and KPMG International, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2001.

10.3		Transition Services Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2001, among KPMG LLP, KPMG Consulting, LLC and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2001.

10.4		Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2001, among KPMG LLP, KPMG Consulting, LLC and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2001.

10.5		Form of Member Distribution Agreement for KPMG Consulting Qualified Employees, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-36328, which is contained in Commission File No. 000-31351) (referred to below as “the Company’s Form S-1”).

10.6		Form of Member Distribution Agreement for KPMG Consulting Non-Qualified Employees, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 from the Company’s Form S-1.

II-3


10.7		Form of Member Agreement for KPMG Consulting Non-Eligible Employees, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 from the Company’s Form S-1.

10.8		Form of Managing Director Agreement, which is incorporated here by reference to Exhibit 10.8 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.9		Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 29, 1999, between Cisco Systems, Inc. and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 from the Company’s Form S-1.

10.10		Investor Rights Agreement dated as of January 31, 2000, among KPMG LLP, Cisco Systems, Inc. and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 from the Company’s Form S-1.

10.11		Alliance Agreement, dated as of December 29, 1999, between Cisco Systems, Inc. and KPMG LLP and related amendment, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 from the Company’s Form S-1.

10.12		Amendment No. 1 to Alliance Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2000, between Cisco Systems, Inc. and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2001.

10.13		Amendment No. 2 to Alliance Agreement, dated March 4, 2002, between Cisco Systems, Inc. and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002.

10.14		Oracle Partnernetwork Worldwide Agreement, dated as of May 30, 2002, between the Company and Oracle Corporation, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.15		Amendment One to the Oracle Partnernetwork Worldwide Agreement, dated May 30, 2002, between the Company and Oracle Corporation, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.16		SAP Global Partner-Services Agreement dated March 8, 2003, between the Company and SAP AG, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.17		Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective as of November 4, 2003.*

10.18		Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated October 2, 2002, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.19		Amended and Restated 401(k) Plan dated August 21, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.20		Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated 401(k) Plan dated April 29, 2004.*

10.21		Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of August 1, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.22		Strategic Alliance Agreement dated as of December 27, 2000 among Qwest Communications International, Inc., KPMG Consulting, LLC, Softline Consulting & Integrators, Inc. and Qwest Cyber.Solutions LLC, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 from the Company’s Form S-1.

10.23		Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2004, between KCI Funding Corporation, BearingPoint, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrator which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 from the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from July 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003.

II-4



10.24		Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2000, between the Company and KCI Funding Corporation, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 from the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 filed on March 15, 2002.

10.25		Sale Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2000, between KPMG Consulting, LLC and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 from the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 filed on March 15, 2002.

10.26		Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated May 29, 2002, between the Company, the guarantors referred to therein, the banks party thereto, PNC Bank National Association, as the administrative agent, PNC Capital Markets, Inc. and JP Morgan Securities, Inc., as the arrangers, Barclays Bank PLC, as the syndication agent, JP Morgan Chase Bank, Citibank N.A. and Bank of America, N.A. as the documentation agents and SunTrust Bank, as the co-agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.27		Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated August 21, 2002, between the Company, KPMG Consulting, LLC, the guarantors referred to therein, the banks party thereto, JP Morgan Chase Bank, as the administrative agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as the sole arranger and book runner, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.28		Waiver and First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2002, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

10.29		Second Amendment to Credit Facility Agreement, dated November 14, 2002, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.30		Third Amendment to Credit Facility Agreement, dated May 13, 2003, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.31		Fourth Amendment to Credit Facility Agreement, dated November 25, 2003, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 from the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from July 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003.

10.32		Fifth Amendment to Credit Facility Agreement, dated March 19, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 from the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from July 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003.

10.33		Notice and Waiver, dated as of September 30, 2002, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

10.34		Master Release [Intercompany Notes], dated November 22, 2002, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

II-5



10.35		Master Release [Foreign Stock Pledges], dated November 22, 2002, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

10.36		Promissory Note, dated as of October 1, 2001, executed by Randolph C. Blazer, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.37		Promissory Note, dated as of October 1, 2001, executed by Michael J. Donahue, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.38		Promissory Note, dated as of October 1, 2001, executed by Bradley J. Schwartz, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.39		Promissory Note, dated as of October 1, 2001, executed by David W. Black, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.40		Form of Special Termination Agreement, made as of November 7, 2001, between the Company and Certain Executive Officers, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2001.

10.41		Form of Special Termination Agreement, made as of November 7, 2001, between the Company and Certain Executive Officers and Other Key Executives, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2001.

10.42		Form of Restricted Stock Agreement with certain officers of the Company pursuant to the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

10.43		Form of Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Purchasers, relating to $220,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.95% Series A Senior Notes due 2005, 6.43% Series B Senior Notes due 2006 and 6.71% Series C Senior Notes due 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.44		Form of 5.95% Series A Senior Note due 2005, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.45		Form of 6.43% Series B Senior Note due 2006, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.46		Form of 6.71% Series C Senior Note due 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.47		Form of Subsidiary Guarantee, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.48		Form of Restricted Stock Agreement with non-employee directors of the Company pursuant to the Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

10.49		Irrevocable Waiver, dated May 17, 2004, by Cisco Systems, Inc. with respect to the Investor Rights Agreement, dated January 31, 2000 and the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 29, 1999.

10.50		Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2004, among KCI Funding Corporation, Bearing Point, Inc., Market Street Funding Corporation, PNC Bank, National Association, Three Rivers Funding Corporation, Mellon Bank, N.A. and PNC.

16.1		Letter from Grant Thornton LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission, dated June 12, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2003.

21.1		List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.

II-6



23.1		Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).*

23.2		Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

23.3		Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

24.1		Powers of Attorney.*

*	Previously filed.

II-7

(b) Financial Statement Schedule.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

of BearingPoint, Inc.

Our audit of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated April 15, 2004 appearing in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the year ended June 30, 2003. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule for the six months ended December 31, 2003 and for the year ended June 30, 2003 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

McLean, Virginia

April 15, 2004

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON SCHEDULE

Board of Directors and Stockholders

BearingPoint, Inc.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements of BearingPoint, Inc. (formerly KPMG Consulting, Inc.) referred to in our report dated August 6, 2002, except for Note 2, under the subheading “Stock-Based Compensation”, as to which the date is September 29, 2003, and Note 21, as to which the date is April 12, 2004 which is included in this Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Form S-3 on Form S-1. We have also audited Schedule II for the years ended June 30, 2001 and 2002. In our opinion, this schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be set forth herein.

Grant Thornton LLP

New York, New York

August 6, 2002 except for Note 2,

under the subheading “Stock-Based Compensation,”

as to which the date is September 29, 2003 and Note 21,

as to which the date is April 12, 2004

Schedule II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charge to Costs and Expenses (a)		Deductions- Write Offs			Balance at End of Period
	(in thousands)
Year Ended June 30, 2001	$	7,000	$	63,157	$	(42,690	)	$	27,467
Year Ended June 30, 2002		27,467		22,510		(21,332	)		28,645
Year Ended June 30, 2003		28,645		3,071		(12,989	)		18,727
Six Months Ended December 31, 2003		18,727		3,862		(5,349	)		17,240

(a)	Expense reflected in other costs of service in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

II-8

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(a)

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made of the securities registered hereby, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)

To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii)

To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2)

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

(3)

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(b)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-9

(c)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-10

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Form S-3 on Form S-1 Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of McLean, Commonwealth of Virginia, on June 8, 2004.


BEARINGPOINT, INC.

By:		/s/ RANDOLPH C. BLAZER
		Randolph C. Blazer Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons on June 8, 2004 in the capacities indicated below.


Signature		Title

/s/ RANDOLPH C. BLAZER Randolph C. Blazer		Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ ROBERT S. FALCONE Robert S. Falcone		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

* Douglas C. Allred		Director

Betsy J. Bernard		Director

* Wolfgang Kemna		Director

Albert L. Lord		Director

Roderick C. McGeary		Director

* Afshin Mohebbi		Director

* Alice M. Rivlin		Director

J. Terry Strange		Director

*By:

/s/ DAVID W. BLACK

David W. Black

as Attorney-in-Fact

II-11

EXHIBIT INDEX


Exh. No.		Description
2.1		Share Purchase Agreement dated June 8, 2002, among the Company, KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft AG and the minority shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 6, 2002.

3.1		Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated as of February 7, 2001, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2001.

3.2		Amended and Restated Bylaws, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

3.3		Certificate of Ownership and Merger merging Bones Holding into the Company, dated October 2, 2002, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

4.1		Rights Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2001, between the Company and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.1 from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated October 3, 2001.

4.2		Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.2 from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated October 3, 2001.

4.3		Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement between the Company and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 6, 2002.

5.1		Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP as to the legality of the common stock covered by this registration statement.*

10.1		Amended and Restated Separation Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2001, among KPMG LLP, KPMG Consulting, LLC and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2001.

10.2		Limited License Agreement between the Company and KPMG International, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2001.

10.3		Transition Services Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2001, among KPMG LLP, KPMG Consulting, LLC and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2001.

10.4		Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2001, among KPMG LLP, KPMG Consulting, LLC and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2001.

10.5		Form of Member Distribution Agreement for KPMG Consulting Qualified Employees, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-36328, which is contained in Commission File No. 000-31351) (referred to below as “the Company’s Form S-1”).

10.6		Form of Member Distribution Agreement for KPMG Consulting Non-Qualified Employees, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 from the Company’s Form S-1.

II-12


10.7		Form of Member Agreement for KPMG Consulting Non-Eligible Employees, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 from the Company’s Form S-1.

10.8		Form of Managing Director Agreement, which is incorporated here by reference to Exhibit 10.8 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.9		Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 29, 1999, between Cisco Systems, Inc. and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 from the Company’s Form S-1.

10.10		Investor Rights Agreement dated as of January 31, 2000, among KPMG LLP, Cisco Systems, Inc. and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 from the Company’s Form S-1.

10.11		Alliance Agreement, dated as of December 29, 1999, between Cisco Systems, Inc. and KPMG LLP and related amendment, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 from the Company’s Form S-1.

10.12		Amendment No. 1 to Alliance Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2000, between Cisco Systems, Inc. and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2001.

10.13		Amendment No. 2 to Alliance Agreement, dated March 4, 2002, between Cisco Systems, Inc. and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002.

10.14		Oracle Partnernetwork Worldwide Agreement, dated as of May 30, 2002, between the Company and Oracle Corporation, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.15		Amendment One to the Oracle Partnernetwork Worldwide Agreement, dated May 30, 2002, between the Company and Oracle Corporation, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.16		SAP Global Partner-Services Agreement dated March 8, 2003, between the Company and SAP AG, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.17		Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective as of November 4, 2003.*

10.18		Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated October 2, 2002, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.19		Amended and Restated 401(k) Plan dated August 21, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.20		Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated 401(k) Plan dated April 29, 2004.*

10.21		Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of August 1, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.22		Strategic Alliance Agreement dated as of December 27, 2000 among Qwest Communications International, Inc., KPMG Consulting, LLC, Softline Consulting & Integrators, Inc. and Qwest Cyber.Solutions LLC, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 from the Company’s Form S-1.

10.23		Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2004, between KCI Funding Corporation, BearingPoint, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrator which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 from the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from July 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003.

II-13



10.24		Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2000, between the Company and KCI Funding Corporation, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 from the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 filed on March 15, 2002.

10.25		Sale Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2000, between KPMG Consulting, LLC and the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 from the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 filed on March 15, 2002.

10.26		Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated May 29, 2002, between the Company, the guarantors referred to therein, the banks party thereto, PNC Bank National Association, as the administrative agent, PNC Capital Markets, Inc. and JP Morgan Securities, Inc., as the arrangers, Barclays Bank PLC, as the syndication agent, JP Morgan Chase Bank, Citibank N.A. and Bank of America, N.A. as the documentation agents and SunTrust Bank, as the co-agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.27		Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated August 21, 2002, between the Company, KPMG Consulting, LLC, the guarantors referred to therein, the banks party thereto, JP Morgan Chase Bank, as the administrative agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as the sole arranger and book runner, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.28		Waiver and First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2002, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

10.29		Second Amendment to Credit Facility Agreement, dated November 14, 2002, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.30		Third Amendment to Credit Facility Agreement, dated May 13, 2003, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

10.31		Fourth Amendment to Credit Facility Agreement, dated November 25, 2003, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 from the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from July 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003.

10.32		Fifth Amendment to Credit Facility Agreement, dated March 19, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 from the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from July 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003.

10.33		Notice and Waiver, dated as of September 30, 2002, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

10.34		Master Release [Intercompany Notes], dated November 22, 2002, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

II-14



10.35		Master Release [Foreign Stock Pledges], dated November 22, 2002, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Banks, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

10.36		Promissory Note, dated as of October 1, 2001, executed by Randolph C. Blazer, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.37		Promissory Note, dated as of October 1, 2001, executed by Michael J. Donahue, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.38		Promissory Note, dated as of October 1, 2001, executed by Bradley J. Schwartz, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.39		Promissory Note, dated as of October 1, 2001, executed by David W. Black, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002.

10.40		Form of Special Termination Agreement, made as of November 7, 2001, between the Company and Certain Executive Officers, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2001.

10.41		Form of Special Termination Agreement, made as of November 7, 2001, between the Company and Certain Executive Officers and Other Key Executives, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2001.

10.42		Form of Restricted Stock Agreement with certain officers of the Company pursuant to the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

10.43		Form of Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Purchasers, relating to $220,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.95% Series A Senior Notes due 2005, 6.43% Series B Senior Notes due 2006 and 6.71% Series C Senior Notes due 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.44		Form of 5.95% Series A Senior Note due 2005, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.45		Form of 6.43% Series B Senior Note due 2006, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.46		Form of 6.71% Series C Senior Note due 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.47		Form of Subsidiary Guarantee, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2002.

10.48		Form of Restricted Stock Agreement with non-employee directors of the Company pursuant to the Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

10.49		Irrevocable Waiver, dated May 17, 2004, by Cisco Systems, Inc. with respect to the Investor Rights Agreement, dated January 31, 2000 and the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 29, 1999.

10.50		Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2004, among KCI Funding Corporation, Bearing Point, Inc., Market Street Funding Corporation, PNC Bank, National Association, Three Rivers Funding Corporation, Mellon Bank, N.A. and PNC.

16.1		Letter from Grant Thornton LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission, dated June 12, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 from the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2003.

21.1		List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.

II-15



23.1		Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).*

23.2		Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

23.3		Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

24.1		Powers of Attorney.*

*	Previously filed

II-16